nlsnnv-10k_20161231.htm

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to

Commission file number 001-35042

 

Nielsen Holdings plc

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

England and Wales

 

98-1225347

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(646) 654-5000

 

A C Nielsen House

London Road

Oxford

Oxfordshire, OX3 9RX

United Kingdom

+1 (646) 654-5000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary shares, par value €0.07 per share

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2016, the last day of business of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $18,497 million, based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on such date of $51.97 per share.

There were 357,539,949 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2017.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement of the registrant to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the general rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for the 2017 annual meeting of stockholders of the registrant are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

PAGE

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

15

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

23

Item 2.

 

Properties

23

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

23

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

23

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

24

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

27

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

28

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

55

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

57

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

122

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

122

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

122

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

123

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

123

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

123

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

123

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

123

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

124

Signatures

125

 

 

 

1


 

The terms “Company,” “Nielsen,” “we,” “our” or “us,” as used herein, refer to Nielsen Holdings plc (formerly known as Nielsen N.V.) and our consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise stated or indicated by context. The term “TNC B.V.,” as used herein, refers to The Nielsen Company B.V., the principal subsidiary of Nielsen.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “plan,” “could,” “may,” “will,” “believe,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “intend,” and other words of similar meaning. Such statements are not guarantees of future performance, events or results and involve potential risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are based on our current plans and expectations and are subject to a number of known and unknown uncertainties and risks, many of which are beyond our control, which could significantly affect current plans and expectations and our future financial position and results of operations. These factors include, but are not limited to the factors discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Form 10-K.

We caution you that the factors discussed in Item 1A. Risk Factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not in fact occur or may prove to be materially different from the expectations expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

 

 

2


 

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business.

Background and Business Overview

We are a leading global performance management company. The company provides to clients a comprehensive understanding of what consumers watch and what they buy and how those choices intersect.  We deliver critical media and marketing information, analytics and manufacturer and retailer expertise about what and where consumers buy (referred to herein as “Buy”) and what consumers read, watch and listen to (consumer interaction across the television, radio, print, online and mobile viewing and listening platforms referred to herein as “Watch”) on a local and global basis. Our information, insights and solutions help our clients maintain and strengthen their market positions and identify opportunities for profitable growth. We have a presence in more than 100 countries and our services cover more than 90 percent of the globe’s GDP and population.  We have significant investments in resources and associates all over the world, including in many emerging markets, and hold leading market positions in many of our services and geographies. Based on the strength of the Nielsen brand, our scale and the breadth and depth of our solutions, we believe we are the global leader in measuring and analyzing consumer behavior in the segments in which we operate.

We help our clients enhance their interactions with consumers and make critical business decisions that we believe positively affect their sales and profitability. Our data and analytics solutions, which have been developed through substantial investment over many decades, are deeply embedded into our clients’ workflow. Our long-term client relationships are made up largely of multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. The average length of relationship with our top ten clients, which include The Coca-Cola Company, NBC Universal, Nestle S.A., The Procter & Gamble Company, Twenty-First Century Fox and the Unilever Group, is more than 30 years. Typically, before the start of each year, more than 70% of our annual revenue has been committed under contracts in our combined Buy and Watch segments.

We align our business into two reporting segments, Buy (consumer purchasing measurement and analytics) and Watch (media audience measurement and analytics). Our Buy and Watch segments are built on an extensive foundation of proprietary data assets designed to yield essential insights for our clients to successfully measure, analyze and grow their businesses and manage their performance. The information from our Buy and Watch segments, when brought together, can deliver powerful insights into the effectiveness of branding, advertising and consumer choice by linking media consumption trends with consumer purchasing data to better understand behavior and better manage supply and demand as well as media spend, supply chain issues, and much more. We believe these integrated insights better enable our clients to enhance the return on both long-term and short-term investments.

Our Buy segment provides retail transactional measurement data, consumer behavior information and analytics primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. According to Deloitte, the aggregate retail revenue of the Top 250 global retailers approached $4.3 trillion in 2015. Our broad coverage focuses not only on this modern class of global retailer but also the thousands of traditional trade retailers that have significant presence in emerging markets. Our extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with our advanced analytical capabilities, helps generate strategic insights that influence our clients’ key business decisions. We track billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets globally and our data is used to measure their sales and market share. We are the only company offering such extensive global coverage for the collection, provision and analysis of this information for consumer packaged goods. Our Buy services also enable our clients to better manage their brands, uncover new sources of demand, manage their supply chain issues, launch and grow new services, analyze their sales, drive merchandising efficiency and effectiveness in-store and improve their marketing mix and establish more effective consumer relationships. Within our Buy segment, we have two primary geographic groups, developed and emerging markets. Developed markets primarily include the United States, Canada, Western Europe, Japan, South Korea and Australia while emerging markets include Africa, Latin America, Eastern Europe, Russia, China, India and Southeast Asia. Our Buy segment represented approximately 53% of our consolidated revenues in 2016.

Our Watch segment provides viewership and listening data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries across the television, radio, print, online and mobile viewing and listening platforms. According to ZenithOptimedia, a leading global media services agency, total global spending on advertising including television, radio, print, online and mobile platforms is projected to reach $539 billion by end of 2016.

3


 

Our Watch data is used by our media clients to understand their audiences, establish the value of their advertising inventory and maximize the value of their content; and, our advertising clients to plan, transact, and optimize their media spending. In our Watch segment, our ratings are the primary metrics used to determine the value of programming and advertising in the U.S. television advertising marketplace. According to PwC, U.S. TV ad revenues are expected to be $73 billion U.S. dollars in 2016. In addition to the United States, we measure television viewing in 31 other countries. We also measure markets that account for nearly 80% of global TV ad spend and offer mobile measurement and analytic services in 60 countries, including the United States, where we are the market leader. Our ratings are also the primary metrics used to determine the value of programming and advertising in the U.S. radio advertising marketplace.  According to PwC, U.S. Radio ad revenues are expected to be $17.8 billion U.S. dollars in 2016. Lastly, our ratings are the primary metrics for the top 24 of top 25 Global Advertisers for digital campaigns to determine the value of advertising in the premium Digital Video Marketplace.  According to PwC, U.S. Digital ad revenues are expected to be $68.1billion U.S. dollars in 2016.  Our Watch segment represented approximately 47% of our consolidated revenue in 2016.      

Our Company was founded in 1923 by Arthur C. Nielsen, Sr., who invented an approach to measuring competitive sales results that made the concept of “market share” a practical management tool. For over 90 years, we have advanced the practice of market research and media audience measurement to provide our clients a better understanding of their consumers. Our Company, originally incorporated in the Netherlands, was purchased on May 24, 2006 by a consortium of private equity firms (collectively, the “Sponsors”). In January 2011, our Company consummated an initial public offering of our common stock and our shares started trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “NLSN”. On August 31, 2015, Nielsen N.V., a Dutch public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, merged with Nielsen Holdings plc, by way of a cross-border merger under the European Cross-Border Merger Directive, with Nielsen Holdings plc being the surviving company (the “Merger”). The Merger effectively changed the place of incorporation of Nielsen’s publicly traded parent holding company from the Netherlands to England and Wales, with no changes made to the business being conducted by Nielsen prior to the Merger. The Sponsors that held equity interests in Nielsen at the time of the January 2011 initial public offering had disposed of such interests.

Services and Solutions

What Consumers Buy

Our Buy segment provides retail transactional measurement data, consumer behavior information and analytics primarily to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Within our Buy segment, in 2016, 63% of revenues came from Developed markets, 32% came from Emerging markets and 5% came from Corporate Buy which represents slow growth and non-core services that are part of our portfolio pruning initiatives. For the year ended December 31, 2016, revenues from our Buy segment represented approximately 53% of our consolidated revenues. This segment has historically generated stable revenue streams that are characterized by multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. At the beginning of each year, over 60% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. Our top five segment clients represented approximately 20% of our segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the average length of relationship with these same clients is over 30 years. No single client accounted for 10% or more of our Buy segment revenues in 2016.

Retail Measurement Services  

We are a global leader in retail measurement services. Our purchasing data provides market share, competitive sales volumes, and insights into such activities as distribution, pricing, merchandising and promotion. By combining this detailed information with our in-house expertise and professional consultative services, we produce valuable insights that help our clients improve their manufacturing, marketing, distribution and sales decisions and grow their market share.

Depending on the sophistication of each country’s retailer systems, we collect retail sales information from stores using electronic point-of-sale technology and/or teams of local field auditors. Stores within our worldwide retail network include grocery, drug, convenience, discount, some wholesalers and eCommerce retailers, who, through various cooperation arrangements, share their sales data with us. The electronic retail sales information collected by stores through checkout scanners is transmitted directly to us. In certain emerging markets where electronic retail sales information is unavailable, we utilize field auditors to collect information through in-store inventory and price checks. For eCommerce retailers where electronic retail sales information is unavailable, we are increasingly using consumer sourced data to collect information by leveraging proven expertise developed in our Consumer Panel business. For all information we collect, our stringent quality control systems validate and confirm the source data. The data is then processed into databases that clients access using our proprietary software that allows them to query the information, conduct customized analysis and generate reports and alerts.

4


 

Consumer Panel Measurement

We conduct consumer panels around the world that help our clients understand consumer purchasing dynamics at the household level. Among other things, this information offers insight into shopper behavior such as trial and repeat purchase for new products and likely substitutes, as well as customer segmentation. In addition, our panel data augments our retail measurement information providing blinded but detailed household demographics and can provide data in circumstances where we do not collect data from certain retailers.

Our consumer panels collect data from more than 250,000 household panelists across 25 countries, most of which use in-home scanners to record purchases from each shopping trip. In the United States, for example, approximately 100,000 selected households, constituting a demographically balanced sample, participate in the panels. Data received from household panels undergo a quality control process including UPC verification and validation, before being processed into databases and reports.  Clients may access these databases to perform analyses.

Analytical Services

Utilizing our foundation of consumer purchasing information, we provide a wide and growing selection of consumer intelligence and analytical services that help clients make smarter business decisions throughout their product development and marketing cycles. We draw actionable insights from our retail and consumer panel measurement data sets, our online behavioral information, as well as a variety of other proprietary data sets.

We use consumer trends and comprehensive data analysis to advise our clients across their innovation process and apply a demand-driven approach to identify unmet consumer needs so they can develop breakthrough products. We use intelligence from comprehensive retail and consumer data analysis to inform client decisions on marketing spend for media, price, promotion and assortment. We help clients influence purchase decisions that shoppers make whether pre-store, in-store or online, and provide insights on how to market effectively along a shopper’s path to purchase. We also help clients drive profitable growth using demand-driven strategies that close the gap between consumer demand and sales, aligning what people want to what people buy.

What Consumers Watch

Our Watch segment provides viewership and listening data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries across the television, radio, print, online and mobile viewing and listening platforms. For the year ended December 31, 2016, revenues from our Watch segment represented approximately 47% of our consolidated revenues. This segment has historically generated stable revenue streams that are characterized by multi-year contracts and high contract renewal rates. At the beginning of each year, over 80% of the segment’s revenue base for the upcoming year is typically committed under existing agreements. Our top five clients represented approximately 23% of segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the average length of relationship with these same clients is more than 30 years. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our Watch segment revenues in 2016.

We have aligned our Watch solutions across the key activities of Planning, Activation, Audience Measurement, and Advertising Effectiveness

Planning

Nielsen has a portfolio of solutions that enable clients to create optimized media plans to reach their desired audiences.

 

Nielsen Ad Intel provides competitive advertising intelligence across traditional and digital media in 28 major markets around the globe.  By providing ad campaign brand details, audience exposure and estimated advertising spend data, we furnish clients with unique insights for competitive brand and advertising creative activity, for shifts in advertising spend among media types, channels and brands, and for advertising sales lead generation.  In the United States, Ad Intel determines the commercial minutes for the national television currency.  Internationally, clients utilize Ad Intel’s ad spend as a secondary measure to the television currency.  Furthermore, Ad Intel’s brand schedules form the basis for many other Nielsen products and services.

 

Nielsen Media Impact is an omni-channel planning system, providing insights about target audiences across platforms and devices, to optimize media plans to achieve advertising campaign objectives.  Media Impact is a tool for understanding how various media can be used together most effectively in a media plan to achieve reach, frequency and brand or sales impact.   With Media Impact, clients can identify the most effective channels for messaging to consumers, optimize channel mix with reach and impact, quantify impact by media channel and leverage impact data to improve tactical planning.  In the US, Media Impact is fueled by the Total Media Fusion, a granular, comprehensive data set of audiences and media behaviors across TV, computer, smartphone, tablet and other media channels, designed specifically for media planning and analytics.  Media Impact is a tool for media agencies, advertisers and media owners and is currently available in 8 international markets, with more planned for 2017.

5


 

In addition to the services described above, we also provide qualitative information about consumers, including their lifestyles, shopping patterns, and use of media in local markets and across the United States. We market these services to customers of our syndicated radio and television ratings services who wish to demonstrate the targetability and value of their audience. We also market our quantitative and qualitative audience and consumer information to customers outside of our traditional base, including newspapers; advertising agencies; the advertising sales organizations of local cable television companies; national cable and broadcast television networks; out-of-home media sales organizations; sports teams and leagues; marketers and advertisers.  

Qualitative media insights applications include marketing, cross-platform, prospecting, planning/buying, sales, news, promotions, programming and editorial.  Beyond demonstrating audience targeting, value and media planning, qualitative information provides advertiser insights into the areas of promotions, marketing, brand management, multiculturalism, product development, shopper insights and sponsorship.

We currently provide syndicated local qualitative measurement in 151 U.S. markets, as well as Puerto Rico, with an additional 11 markets being added for the latter half of 2017.

Activation

 

We offer over 15,000 segments representing different stages in the marketing funnel.  From top funnel insights, describing demographics, economic and job related parameters, to mid funnel insights describing content that viewers have expressed interest in, such as TV shows watched, restaurants dines at, stores shopped, etc. to insights on expressed intent.  These audiences describe individuals with high propensity of exhibiting future behaviors such as purchasing a specific car model, a financial product, airline tickets, and more.  

 

We enable these segments in a vast array of buying platforms currently connected to Nielsen’s Data Management Platform.  The Nielsen Marketing Cloud is Nielsen’s platform for the custom creation of audiences and activation of those audiences for campaign delivery.  The Nielsen Marketing Cloud empowers brands, agencies and media companies to connect more deeply with customers by combining Nielsen’s world-class data, analytics, media planning, marketing activation and data management platform (DMP) capabilities in a single cloud platform.  

 

Our clients can connect directly to our Nielsen Marketing Cloud to identify desired syndicated targeting or created custom targets using their own first party data, unlocking the unique target combinations and using our insights as analytics and ROI tools.  Nielsen Marketing Cloud clients gain exclusive access to granular Nielsen data, which powers audience insights at a much higher degree of detail than is available anywhere else.  Marketing outcomes include a deeper understanding of consumers, more effective one-to-one messaging across devices, and superior ROI analysis and campaign optimization capabilities.

 

Audience Measurement

Television Audience Measurement

We are the global leader in television audience measurement. In the United States, which is by far the world’s largest market for television programming, broadcasters and cable networks use our television audience ratings as the primary currency to establish the value of their airtime and more effectively schedule and promote their programming. Advertisers use this information to plan television advertising campaigns, evaluate the effectiveness of their commercial messages and negotiate advertising rates.

We provide two principal television ratings services in the United States: measurement of national television audiences and measurement of local television audiences in all 210 designated local television markets. We use various methods to collect the data from households including electronic meters, which provide minute-by-minute viewing information for next day consumption by our clients, and written diaries. These households are meticulously identified using the U.S. Census as a model in order to properly and accurately model our national and local ratings. These methods enable us to collect not only television device viewing data but also the demographics of the audience (i.e., who in the household is watching), from which we calculate statistically reliable and accurate estimates of total television viewership. We have made significant investments over decades to build an infrastructure that can accurately and efficiently track television audience viewing, a process that has become increasingly complex as the industry has converted to digital transmission and integrated new technologies allowing for developments such as time-shifted viewing.

Our measurement techniques are constantly evolving to account for new television viewing behavior, increased fragmentation and new media technologies. For example, to help advertisers and programmers understand time-shifted viewing behavior, we created the Average Commercial Minute (ACM) ratings, which is a measure of how many people watch commercials during live and time-shifted viewing, through 3 days ("C3") , 7 days ("C7"), and up to 35 days (“C35”) . The C3 and C7 ratings are the primary metrics for buying and selling advertising on national broadcast television.

6


 

We measure television viewing in 31 countries outside the United States, including Australia, Indonesia, Italy and South Korea. The international television audience measurement industry operates on a different model than in the United States. In many international markets, a joint industry committee of broadcasters in each individual country selects a single official audience measurement provider, which is designated the “currency” through an organized bidding process that is typically revisited every several years. We have strong relationships in these countries and see a significant opportunity to expand our presence into additional countries around the world.

Audio Audience Measurement

We provide independent measurement and consumer research primarily servicing radio, advertisers and advertising agencies in the audio industry. We estimate the size and composition of radio audiences in local markets and of audiences to network radio programming and commercials in the U.S. We refer to our local and network radio audience ratings services, collectively, as our “syndicated radio ratings services.” We provide our syndicated radio ratings services in local markets in the United States to radio broadcasters, advertising agencies, and advertisers. Our national services estimate the size and demographic composition of national radio audiences and the size and composition of audiences of network radio programs and commercials. Broadcasters use our data primarily to price and sell advertising time, and advertising agencies and advertisers use our data in purchasing advertising time.

We have developed our electronic Portable People MeterTM (“PPM®”) technology, which we deploy across many of our customer offerings and have licensed to other media information services companies to use in their media audience ratings services in countries outside of the United States. We have commercialized our PPM ratings service in 48 of the largest radio markets in the United States.

Digital Audience Measurement

We are a global provider of digital media and market research, audience analytics and social media measurement. We employ a variety of measurement offerings in the various markets in which we operate to provide digital publishers, internet and media companies, marketers and retailers with metrics to better understand the behavior of online audiences. Through a combination of patented panel and census data collection methods, we measure and study the internet surfing, online buying, and video viewing (including television content) of digital audiences. In addition to measuring overall internet usage, Nielsen is the only company that has a Media Ratings Council (“MRC”) accredited age and gender people measurement across its U.S. Digital Ad Ratings and U.S. Digital in TV Ratings Service. Nielsen’s Digital Ad Ratings are now in 25 countries. Those 25 current Digital Ad Ratings markets account for about 88% of global digital ad spend.

Since 2010, Nielsen has been providing innovative census measurement in cooperation with third party data enrichment providers such as Facebook. Through such partnerships, Nielsen has privacy-protected and anonymous access to demographic data on over 1.5 billion user profiles. We provide critical advertising metrics such as audience demographics, page and ad views, and time spent. As newer forms of digital media such as video advertising, social media and applications become a greater proportion of consumer behavior, we are transitioning our portfolio of digital services, including discontinuation of certain legacy services in certain markets and the launch of other services, to address the evolving requirements of measuring digital audiences and better serve our clients.

Mobile Measurement

We provide independent measurement and consumer research for telecom and media companies in the mobile telecommunications industry. Clients, principally mobile carriers and device manufacturers, rely upon our data to make consumer marketing, competitive strategy and resource allocation decisions. In the United States, our metrics are a leading indicator for mobile behaviors and attitudes, customer satisfaction, device share, service network quality, revenue share, and other key performance indicators. We also benchmark the end-to-end consumer experience to pinpoint problem areas in the service chain, track key performance metrics for mobile devices and identify key market opportunities.

To address the rapid growth of mobile internet consumption, we have deployed a combination of panel and census based measurement to capture internet, video and other media on mobile, smartphone, and tablet devices. In the U.S., Nielsen has deployed our mobile software development kit (SDK) to offer a comprehensive mobile advertising and content measurement for our media clients. In addition, our census demographic measurement uses the world's largest mobile demographic data set through our data enrichment providers. We offer mobile measurement and analytic services in 29 countries worldwide, including the United States, where we are a leader in the market for mobile audience measurement, and are focused on expanding our presence in other markets.

7


 

Total Audience Measurement

Consumer choice is driving how content is viewed, and it is fundamentally changing the business of TV, advertising, and measurement.  Consumer choice is driving how content is viewed, and it is driving change in how the business of TV advertising and measurement.  We are connecting all of our video measurement capabilities together in a comprehensive solution covering clients “Total Audience” for content and campaigns across all consumer access points.  We are also providing the industry’s first comparable metrics, which provides true comparability across TV & Digital.  These metrics have been developed to enable more flexible business models that support both linear and dynamic models of delivering ads and content in which the industry can choose on how best to leverage to transact billions of advertising transactions against.  Total Content Ratings combines the total audience for a program or content regardless of the mode of access, including SVOD.  Total Ad Ratings includes ratings for ads regardless of where and how they are consumed, providing flexibility for dynamic ad insertion across all screens.  

Advertising Effectiveness

Nielsen Brand Effect provides a range of solutions to major clients, whether they are consumer packaged goods manufacturers, retailers, media companies, or other verticals such as automotive, telecom or financial services, to help validate and optimize their advertising spend. We quantify the effectiveness of advertising by reporting behavioral observations, attitudinal changes and actual offline purchase activity. We offer services specific to television, digital and social marketing to determine “resonance” or impact of specific campaigns, by measuring objectives such as breakthrough, brand recall, purchase intent and effect on product and brand loyalty. These services can also help clients determine which elements of their advertising campaigns are more or less effective, including frequency of repetition, length of commercial and context. As part of these efforts, we collect and analyze more than 20 million surveys annually to measure consumer engagement and recall of advertisements across television and online to provide important insights on advertising and content effectiveness.  

Nielsen Social is the leading provider of social TV measurement, audience engagement and advertising solutions for TV networks, agencies and advertisers, helping the industry measure, understand and act on TV-related activity on Twitter and Facebook.  Along with tracking program-related activity on Facebook and Twitter around linear airtimes, Nielsen Social also track Facebook and Twitter TV activity in the U.S. on a 24/7 basis for over 1,200 series and select special programs, including linear and over-the-top programming such as Netflix and Hulu, and over 2,000 brands and theatrical releases. Nielsen Social uses this data to power Social Content RatingsTM, the first standardized, third-party measurement of program-related activity across Twitter and Facebook, available via a syndicated dashboard. Social Content Ratings is also available in Italy, Australia, and Mexico.

 

 

Nielsen Catalina Solutions & Nielsen Buyer Insights

Nielsen has the most comprehensive Advertising Effectiveness Measurement in the industry.  We have pioneered the transition of demographic only insights to purchase behavior enhanced metrics.  Through these industry leading ventures, Nielsen delivers the broadest and deepest coverage of ROI and Media Planning across CPG, Restaurant, Retail, Travel, Pharmacy, etc.  Representing more than $80 billion in Advertising spend and over $2 trillion in product purchase, Nielsen delivers on the deepest granular insights down to the merchant and UPC level (where applicable) against single source matched, demographically accurate viewership data.  Nielsen’s Catalina Solutions and Nielsen Buyer Insights product suites are utilized by every major media company in the US for Upfronts, research, industry events and everyday negotiations.  

Nielsen Catalina Solutions (NCS), our joint venture with Catalina, measures the effectiveness of advertising across all media.  NCS helps advertisers and agencies define their customer once and find them everywhere.  NCS enables the CPG industry to activate on their best customers based on actual prior purchases data and match that to the very same shopper's media exposure, then measure the sales impact of the campaign. NCS has conducted several thousand studies for 200 advertisers and 450+ brands to optimize ad performance and drive revenue growth and increase return on ad spend.

Competitive Advantages

We are faced with a number of competitors in the markets in which we operate. Some of our competitors in each market may have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do and may benefit from other competitive advantages. See “Competitive Landscape” and “Risk Factors”. We face increasing competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.  Notwithstanding the challenges presented by the competitive landscape, we believe that we have several competitive advantages, including the following:

Global Scale and Brand. We provide a breadth of information and insights about consumers covering approximately 90 percent of all population and GDP globally.  In our Buy segment, we track billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets in more than 100 countries around the world. We also have approximately 250,000 household panelists across 25 countries. In our Watch segment, our ratings are the primary metrics used to determine the value of programming and advertising in the U.S. total television

8


 

advertising marketplace. According to PwC, U.S. TV ad revenues are expected to be $73 billion U.S. dollars in 2016. We believe our footprint, independence, credibility and leading market positions will continue to contribute to our long-term growth and strong operating margins as the number and role of multinational companies expand. Our scale is supported by our global brand, which is defined by the original Nielsen code created by our founder, Arthur C. Nielsen, Sr.: impartiality, thoroughness, accuracy, integrity, economy, price, delivery and service.

Strong, Diversified Client Relationships. Many of the world’s largest brands rely on us as their information and analytics provider to create value for their business. We maintain long-standing relationships and multi-year contracts with high renewal rates due to the value of the services and solutions we provide. In our Buy segment, our clients include the largest consumer packaged goods and merchandising companies in the world such as The Coca-Cola Company, Kraft Foods and The Procter & Gamble Company, as well as leading retail chains such as Carrefour, Tesco, Walgreens and Walmart. In our Watch segment, our client base includes leading broadcast, radio, cable and internet companies such as CBS, Clear Channel Media, Disney/ABC, Facebook, Google, Microsoft, NBC Universal/Comcast, Twenty-First Century Fox, Time Warner, Twitter, Univision and Yahoo!; leading advertising agencies such as WPP, IPG, Omnicom, and Publicis; leading telecom companies such as AT&T, Verizon, Vodafone, and Nokia; and leading automotive companies such as Chrysler, Ford and Toyota. The average length of relationship with our top 10 clients across both our Buy and Watch segments is more than 30 years. In addition, due to our growing presence in emerging markets, we have cultivated strong relationships with local market leaders that can benefit from our services as they expand globally. Our strong client relationships provide both a foundation for recurring revenues as well as a platform for growth.

Enhanced Data Assets and Measurement Science. Our extensive portfolio of transactional and consumer behavioral data across our Buy and Watch segments enables us to provide critical information to our clients. For decades, we have employed advanced measurement methodologies that yield statistically accurate information about consumer behavior while having due regard for their privacy. Our particular expertise in panel measurement includes a proven methodology to create statistically accurate research insights that are statistically representative of designated audiences. This expertise is a distinct advantage as we extrapolate more precise insights from emerging large-scale census databases to provide greater granularity and segmentation for our clients. We continue to enhance our core competency in measurement science by improving research approaches and investing in new methodologies. We have also invested significantly in our data architecture to enable the integration of distinct large-scale census data sets including those owned by third parties. We believe that our expertise, established standards and increasingly granular and comprehensive data assets provide us with a distinct advantage as we deliver more precise insights to our clients.

Innovation. We have focused on innovation to deepen our capabilities, expand in new and emerging forms of measurement, enhance our analytical offerings and capitalize on industry trends across our Buy & Watch businesses.  

In Watch, we are investing in our Total Audience measurement framework, connecting all of our video, audio, and text measurement capabilities across digital and television platforms for both ad campaigns (Total Ad Ratings) and content (Total Content Ratings) across all consumer access points.  These measurement offerings allow content providers and advertisers to understand their true reach across and among all platforms using a combination of Nielsen's gold standard panels and census-based measurement.  We have also taken a “total” approach to Ad Intel by partnering with a global data provider to add digital data into the service alongside TV, radio and print.  We are working with our clients to help maximize the value of the data we give to them by allowing them to evaluate new distribution options (e.g. the Apple TV, Roku, Game Console breakout) as well as understanding the true impact and audiences of their content when sent to Subscription Video on Demand (“SVOD”).    The continued expansion of our Nielsen Campaign Ratings service provides “reach” metrics for TV and digital campaign ratings, and can offer advertisers and media companies a unique measurement of unduplicated audiences for their advertising and programming across television and online viewing.

Nielsen is also incorporating large “census like” data into all of our services and products.  We have been using Return Path Data in different areas of Nielsen over the last five years, for example, in Digital Ad Ratings and Digital Content Ratings along with our marketing effectiveness/ROI services.  Nielsen is working to incorporate bringing in return path data for Television.  Due to the significant deficiencies in this data, Nielsen’s Data Science teams are creating a number of statistical models to correct for all of the limitations of this data, including how to calibrate and validate against it in which to continue to produce quality person’s based ratings for the marketplace.

We have also made investments in providing cross platform data aggregation and audience activation within the Nielsen Marketing Cloud. Its data management platform and big data infrastructure has enabled brands, agencies, and media companies access to unified consumer mapping and targeting across multiple media platforms.   By leveraging this data management platform, clients can more easily analyze ROI and optimize their marketing programs with the Nielsen Marketing Cloud’s world class analytic capabilities, including Multi Touch Attribution modelling (cross channel performance analysis) and In Flight Analytics (a real-time view into purchase-intent behavior).

9


 

On the planning side, Nielsen Media Impact, a state of the art cross media planning system that integrates reach and effectiveness data, which provides the analytics capability tied to our Total Audience measurement data to enable buyers and sellers to more effectively transact on advertising sales.  It helps agencies, media owners, and advertisers to better plan, activate and optimize the value of their media investments.  It is also the first solution in the industry that has created the first currency-quality, respondent level planning dataset and software solution that is configurable from top to bottom for clients that want proprietary solutions.  

Nielsen is making significant investments in sports sponsorship, and is now the premier global provider of analytics and insights in this category.  Nielsen’s acquisition of Repucom brings together Repucom’s brand exposure data and metrics and connects the sponsorship data with Nielsen’s buyer intent and purchase data to help clients make better, smarter business decisions.  

While technology is changing the path to purchase and generating massive volumes of data to sift through, Nielsen is helping our clients navigate this changing landscape and answer critical questions through our innovation of the Nielsen Connected System.   The Connected System is an open, cloud-based platform which allows clients to quickly determine what’s happened to their business, the reason behind sales and share changes and then what they should do next through analytic apps that support everyday decisions around innovation, distribution, price, promotion and media.  Retail and manufacturer clients will both have access to the Connected System enabling a high degree of collaboration.  We have also further enhanced our information and analytics delivery platform, Nielsen Answers On Demand, to enable the management of consumer loyalty programs for retail clients.

Nielsen is also on a path to measure the “Total Consumer”, which means offline and online purchases, all outlets, retail, and out of home consumption.  Nielsen’s e-commerce measurement solution is a combination of Nielsen retail data cooperators; multiple consumer-sourced data sets and demand related analytics that will provide the industry a leading measure of e-commerce channel performance for both retailers and manufacturers.  These data sources, married with Nielsen’s best in class data science will enable an integrated, calibrated and projectable measurement solution.  The retail data cooperators are across a spectrum of channels ranging from pure play, club, mass, specialty, drug, and food.  This solution will provide an integrated view of consumer insights, in addition to the market measurement, through consumer level purchase data.

Scalable Operating Model. Our global presence and operating model allow us to scale our services and solutions rapidly and efficiently. We have a long track record of establishing leading services that can be quickly expanded across clients, markets and geographies. Our global operations and technology organization enables us to achieve faster, higher quality outcomes for clients in a cost-efficient manner. Our flexible architecture allows us to incorporate leading third-party technologies as well as data from external sources, and enables our clients to use our technology and solutions on their own technology platforms. In addition, we work with leading technology partners such as IBM, Tata Consultancy Services and Amazon, which allows for greater quality in client offerings and efficiency in our global operations.

Industry Trends

We believe companies, including our clients, require an increasing amount of data and analytics to set strategy and direct operations. This has resulted in a large market for business information and insight which we believe will continue to grow. Our clients are media, advertising and consumer packaged goods companies in the large and growing markets. We believe that significant economic, technological, demographic and competitive trends facing consumers and our clients will provide a competitive advantage to our business and enable us to capture a greater share of our significant market opportunity. We may not be able to realize these opportunities if these trends do not continue or if we are otherwise unable to execute our strategies. See “Risk Factors – We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change which could adversely affect our business” and “Risk Factors – Our international operations are exposed to risks which could impede growth in the future.”

Emerging markets present significant expansion opportunities. Brand marketers are focused on attracting new consumers in emerging countries as a result of the fast-paced population growth of the middle class in these regions. In addition, the retail trade in these markets is quickly evolving from small, local formats toward larger, more modern formats with electronic points of sale, a similar evolution to what occurred in developed markets over the last several decades. We provide established measurement methodologies to help give consumer packaged goods companies, retailers and media companies an accurate understanding of local consumers to allow them to harness growing consumer buying power in markets like Brazil, India and China.

Demographic shifts and changes in spending behavior are altering the consumer landscape. Consumer demographics and related trends are constantly evolving globally, leading to changes in consumer preferences and the relative size and buying power of major consumer groups. Shifts in population size, age, racial composition, family size and relative wealth are causing marketers continuously to re-evaluate and reprioritize their consumer marketing strategies. We track and interpret consumer demographics that help enable our clients to engage more effectively with their existing consumers as well as forge new relationships with emerging segments of the population.

10


 

The media landscape is dynamic and changing. Consumers are rapidly changing their media consumption patterns. The growing availability of the internet, and the proliferation of new formats and channels such as mobile devices, social networks and other forms of user-generated media have led to an increasingly fragmented consumer base that is more difficult to measure and analyze. In addition, simultaneous usage of more than one screen is becoming a regular aspect of daily consumer media consumption. We have effectively measured and tracked media consumption through numerous cycles in the industry’s evolution – from broadcast to cable, from analog to digital, from offline to online and from live to time-shifted and Video On Demand/Subscription Video On Demand. We believe our distinct ability to provide independent audience measurement and metrics across television, radio, print, online and mobile platforms helps clients better understand, adapt to and profit from the continued transformation of the global media landscape.

Consumers are more connected, informed and in control. More than three-quarters of the world’s homes have access to television, there are approximately 3.5 billion internet users around the globe, and mobile penetration rates have reached 96% globally. Advances in technology have given consumers a greater level of control of when, where and how they consume information and interact with media and brands. They can compare products and prices instantaneously and have new avenues to learn about, engage with and purchase products and services. These shifts in behavior create significant complexities for our clients. Our broad portfolio of measurement and analytical services enables our clients to engage consumers with more impact and efficiency, influence consumer purchasing decisions and actively participate in and shape conversations about their brands.

Increasing amounts of consumer information are leading to new marketing approaches. The advent of the internet and other digital platforms has created rapid growth in consumer data that is expected to intensify as more entertainment and commerce are delivered across these platforms. As a result, companies are looking for real-time access to more granular levels of data to understand growth opportunities more quickly and more precisely. This presents a significant opportunity for us to work with companies to effectively manage, integrate and analyze large amounts of information and extract meaningful insights that allow marketers to generate profitable growth.

Consumers are looking for greater value. Economic and social trends have spurred consumers to seek greater value in what they buy as exemplified by the rising demand for “private label” (store branded) products. This increased focus on value is causing manufacturers, retailers and media companies to re-evaluate brand positioning, pricing and loyalty. We believe companies will increasingly look to our broad range of consumer purchasing insights and analytics to more precisely and effectively measure consumer behavior and target their products and marketing offers at the right place and at the right price.

The Rise of Online Brand Loyalists. The growth of online commerce has driven the need for fast-moving consumer goods to reshape consumers’ actual online experience around their online behavior.  The real promise in digital retail is the chance to go “beyond the self” to build brand loyalty with consumers.  It is the first time that brands and retailers can fulfill consumers’ needs for convenience and an overall good experience along the entire path to purchase, including clear, helpful production information, ensuring there is a place for customer reviews by product, easy checkout, simple returns, and quick responses to consumer feedback.  Getting the experience right and building those relationships with consumers now will be vital to securing subscriptions and automatic fulfillment, which will very soon become the norm.  

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we are well-positioned for growth worldwide and have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our brand, strong client relationships and integral role in measuring and analyzing the global consumer. Our growth strategy is also subject to certain risks. For example, we may be unable to adapt to significant technological changes such as changes in the technology used to collect and process data or in methods of television viewing. In addition, consolidation in our customers’ industries may reduce the aggregate demand for our services. See “Risk Factors.”

11


 

Continue to grow in emerging markets

Emerging markets (measured in our Buy segment) comprised approximately 32% of our 2016 Buy segment revenues (17% of our 2016 consolidated revenues) and represent a significant long-term opportunity for us given the growth of the middle class and the rapid evolution and modernization of the retail trade in these regions. Currently, the middle class is expanding significantly each year on a global basis, with Africa, Brazil, Russia, India and China currently contributing nearly half of all global consumption growth. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

Continuing to grow our existing services in local markets while simultaneously introducing into emerging markets new services drawn from our global portfolio;

 

Partnering with existing clients as they expand their businesses into emerging markets and providing the high-quality measurement and insights to which they are accustomed; and

 

Building relationships with local companies that are expanding beyond their home markets by capitalizing on the global credibility and integrity of the Nielsen brand.

Continue to develop innovative services

We intend to continue evolving our service portfolio to provide our clients with comprehensive and advanced solutions. The key elements of our strategy are aligned to our corporate values:  Open, Connected, Useful, and Personal:

 

Open

 

Expanding third party data partnerships to provide broader coverage and deeper granularity

 

Making Nielsen market data available to authorized users via API

 

Enabling third party development of apps that leverage Nielsen data across our Nielsen Marketing Cloud and Nielsen Connected System

 

Connected

 

Continuing to invest in the connection of Nielsen Watch and Buy assets

 

Integrating Nielsen data and tools into client workflows and tech stacks

 

Enabling the inclusion of client datasets

 

Useful

 

Moving from custom/manual analytics and canned reports toward “always on” analytics that enable clients to make decisions closer to real time

 

Ensuring that our tools are intuitive and effective in executing the client’s work

 

Becoming a leader in software usability

 

Personal

 

Designing solutions that solve for specific client personas and use cases

 

Connecting Nielsen and third party datasets to provide a 360 degree view of the consumer

 

Delivering capabilities that enable our clients to personalize their own products and services

These strategies are directly reflected in the Nielsen Total Audience, Nielsen Marketing Cloud and Nielsen Connected System programs.

Continue to attract new clients and expand existing relationships

We believe that substantial opportunities exist to both attract new clients and to increase our revenue from existing clients. Building on our deep knowledge and the embedded position of our Buy and Watch segments, we expect to sell new and innovative solutions to our new and existing clients, increasing our importance to their decision making processes.

Continue to pursue strategic acquisitions to complement our leadership positions

We have increased our capabilities through investments and acquisitions in the areas of retail measurement, U.S. and international audience measurement, and advertising effectiveness for digital and social media campaigns. Going forward, we will consider select acquisitions of complementary businesses that enhance our product and geographic portfolio and can benefit from our scale, scope and status as a global leader.

12


 

Technology Infrastructure

 We operate with an extensive data and technology infrastructure utilizing 6 primary data centers in four countries around the world. We also use AWS from Amazon and Azure from Microsoft for cloud based infrastructure. Our global database has the capacity to house approximately 54 petabytes of information, with our Buy segment processing approximately 9.5 billion purchasing data points each month in 2015, our Watch segment processing approximately 200 billion tuning and viewing records (across panel and census data) each month in 2016 and our Nielsen Marketing Cloud platform processing 4 trillion events each month in 2016. Our technology infrastructure plays an instrumental role in meeting service commitments to global clients and allows us to quickly scale our services across practice areas and geographies. Our technology platform utilizes an open approach that facilitates integration of distinct data sets, interoperability with client data and technology, and partnerships with leading technology companies such as IBM, Tata Consulting Services, TIBCO, Amazon, Microsoft and Cloudera.

Intellectual Property

Our patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights and all of our other intellectual property are important assets that afford protection to our business. Our success depends to a degree upon our ability to protect and preserve certain proprietary aspects of our technology and our brand. To ensure that objective, we control access to our proprietary technology. Our employees and consultants enter into confidentiality, non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements with us. We protect our rights to proprietary technology and confidential information in our business arrangements with third parties through confidentiality and other intellectual property and business agreements.

We hold a number of third-party patent and intellectual property license agreements that afford us rights to third-party patents, technology and other intellectual property. Such license agreements most often do not preclude either party from licensing our patents and technology to others. Such licenses may involve one-time payments or ongoing royalty obligations, and we cannot ensure that future license agreements can or will be obtained or renewed on acceptable terms, or at all.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we employed approximately 43,000 people worldwide. Approximately 20% of our employees are covered under collective bargaining agreements and an additional 17% are covered under works council agreements in Europe. We may become subject to additional agreements or experience labor disruptions which may result in higher operating costs over time. We actively invest in our employee relations and believe they are solid. Nielsen is committed to treating employees in a way that respects and protects their human rights everywhere we operate around the world.

Competitive Landscape

There is no single competitor that offers all of the services we offer in all of the markets in which we offer them. We have many competitors worldwide that offer some of the services we provide in selected markets. While we maintain leading positions in many markets in which we operate, our future success will depend on our ability to enhance and expand our suite of services, provide reliable and accurate measurement solutions and related information, drive innovation that anticipates and responds to emerging client needs, strengthen and expand our geographic footprint, and protect consumer privacy. See “Risk Factors – We face competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.” We believe our global presence and integrated portfolio of services are key assets in our ability to effectively compete in the marketplace. A summary of the competitive landscape for each of our segments is included below:

What Consumers Buy

While we do not have one global competitor in our Buy segment, we face numerous competitors in various areas of our service in different markets throughout the world. Competition includes companies specializing in marketing research, in-house research departments of manufacturers and advertising agencies, retailers that sell information directly or through brokers, information management and software companies, and consulting and accounting firms. In retail measurement, our principal competitor in the United States is Information Resources, Inc., which is also present in some European and Asia/Pacific markets. Our retail measurement service also faces competition in individual markets from local companies. Our consumer panel services and analytics services have many direct and/or indirect competitors in all markets around the world including in selected cases GfK, Ipsos, Kantar and local companies in individual countries.

What Consumers Watch

While we do not have one global competitor in our Watch segment, we face numerous competitors in various areas of our operations in different markets throughout the world. We are the clear market leader in U.S. television audience measurement;

13


 

however, there are many emerging players and technologies that will increase competitive pressure.  Numerous companies such as, comScore and TiVo are attempting to provide alternative forms of television audience measurement using, inter alia, set-top box data and panel-based measurement. Our principal competitor in television audience measurement outside the United States is Kantar, with companies such as GfK and Ipsos also providing competition in select individual countries.

Our primary competitor in the digital audience and campaign measurement solutions in the United States is comScore. Globally (including the United States), we face competition from additional companies that provide digital measurement and analytics services such as Oracle, Google Analytics, and Adobe Analytics. In 2016 one of our former competitors, Rentrak merged into a wholly-owned subsidiary of comScore and the combined companies will focus on cross platform measurement.  We are the market leader in the U.S. audio audience measurement. Our principal competitor globally is Kantar, which is developing technologies similar to our PPM ratings service in the US. and Triton, which has developed Audio streaming measurement using server log technology.

Regulation

Our operations are subject to and affected by data protection laws in many countries. These laws pertain primarily to personal data (i.e., information relating to an identified or identifiable individual), constrain whether and how we collect personal data, how that data may be used and stored, and whether, to whom and where that data may be transferred. What constitutes “personal data” varies from country to country and region to region and continues to evolve. Data collection methods that may not always be obvious to the data subject, like the use of cookies online, or that present a higher risk of abuse, such as collecting data directly from children, tend also to be more highly regulated, and products that rely on these technologies may require re-engineering to comply with new laws. In addition, these data transfer constraints can impact multinational access to a central database and cross-border data transfers.

Some of the personal data we collect may be considered “sensitive” by the laws of many jurisdictions because they may include certain demographic information and consumption preferences. Sensitive personal data typically are more highly regulated than non-sensitive data. Generally, this means that for sensitive data the data subject’s consent should be more explicit and fully informed and security measures surrounding the storage of the data should be more rigorous. The greater constraints that apply to the collection and use of sensitive personal data increase the administrative and operational burdens and costs of panel recruitment and management.

The attention privacy and data protection issues attract can offer us a competitive advantage. Because we recognize the importance of privacy to our panelists, our customers, consumers in general, and regulators, we devote dedicated resources to enhancing our privacy and security practices in our product development plans and other areas of operation, and participate in privacy policy organizations and “think tanks.” We do this to improve both our practices and the perception of Nielsen as a leader in this area.

Global Responsibility and Sustainability

Through responsible, sustainable business practices and our commitment to giving back, we care for the communities and markets where we live and operate our business. Our Global Responsibility & Sustainability strategy includes all environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues that affect our business, operations, supply chain, and all internal and external stakeholders.

The Board of Directors Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee oversees these issues. In addition to our Global Responsibility & Sustainability team, we also manage relevant risks and opportunities through various internal engagement channels, including Global Citizenship & Sustainability Council, our Human Resources Sustainability Council and our Technology & Operations Sustainability Council.

Recent Developments

In January 2017, we completed the issuance of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes due 2025 at par, with cash proceeds of approximately $495 million, net of fees and expenses.

In February 2017, we completed the acquisition of Gracenote, through the purchase of 100% of Gracenote’s outstanding common stock for a total cash purchase price of $560 million. We acquired the data and technology that underpins the programming guides and personalized user experience for major video, music, audio and sports content. The acquisition extends our footprint with major clients by including Gracenote’s global content database which spans across platforms including multichannel video programming distributors (MVPDs), smart televisions, streaming music services, connected devices, media players and in-car infotainment systems.

On February 16, 2017, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.31 per share on our common stock.  The dividend is payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 2017.

14


 

Financial Information about Segments and Geographic Areas

See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements – “Segments,” for further information regarding our operating segments and our geographic areas.

Available Information

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports will be made available free of charge on our website at http://www.nielsen.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports with, or furnish them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Information on our website is not incorporated by reference herein and is not a part of this report.

From time to time, Nielsen may use its website and social media outlets as channels of distribution of material company information.  Financial and other material information regarding the company is routinely posted and accessible on our website at http://www.nielsen.com/investors, our Twitter account at http://twitter.com/NielsenIR and our iPad App, NielsenIR, available on the App Store.

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

We may be unable to adapt to significant technological change, which could adversely affect our business.

We operate in businesses that require sophisticated data collection, processing systems, software and other technology. Some of the technologies supporting the industries we serve are changing rapidly. We have been and will be required to adapt to changing technologies, either by developing and marketing new services or by enhancing our existing services, to meet client demand.

Moreover, the introduction of new services embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render existing services obsolete. Our continued success will depend on our ability to adapt to changing technologies, manage and process ever-increasing amounts of data and information and improve the performance, features and reliability of our existing services in response to changing client and industry demands. We may experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful design, development, testing, introduction or marketing of our services. New services, or enhancements to existing services, may not adequately meet the requirements of current and prospective clients or achieve any degree of significant market acceptance.

Traditional methods of television viewing continue to change as a result of fragmentation of channels and digital and other new television and video technologies and devices such as video-on-demand, digital video recorders, game consoles, tablets, other mobile devices and internet viewing. In addition, consumption of consumer packaged goods is growing in new and different channels such as discount stores and e-commerce. If we are unable to continue to successfully adapt our media and consumer measurement systems to new viewing and consumption habits, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications and technology industries could put pressure on the pricing of our services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Consolidation in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications and technology industries could reduce aggregate demand for our services in the future and could limit the amounts we earn for our services. When companies merge, the services they previously purchased separately are often purchased by the combined entity in the aggregate in a lesser quantity than before, leading to volume compression and loss of revenue. While we are attempting to mitigate the revenue impact of any consolidation by expanding our range of services, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so as industry consolidation continues, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

Client procurement strategies could put additional pressure on the pricing of our services, thereby leading to decreased earnings.

Certain of our clients may continue to seek further price concessions from us. This puts pressure on the pricing of our services, which could limit the amounts we earn. While we attempt to mitigate the revenue impact of any pricing pressure through effective negotiations and by providing services to individual businesses within particular groups, there can be no assurance as to the degree to which we will be able to do so, which could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.

15


 

Adverse market conditions, particularly in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications or technology industries, could adversely impact our revenue.

Adverse economic conditions may continue to affect markets both in the United States and internationally, impacting the demand for our customers’ products and services. Those reduced demands could adversely affect the ability of some of our customers to meet their current obligations to us and hinder their ability to incur new obligations until the economy and their businesses strengthen. The inability of our customers to pay us for our services and/or decisions by current or future customers to forego or defer purchases may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, profitability and cash flows and may continue to present risks for an extended period of time. We cannot predict the impact of economic slowdowns on our future financial performance.

We expect that revenues generated from our measurement and analytical services will continue to represent a substantial portion of our overall revenue for the foreseeable future. To the extent that the businesses we service, especially our clients in the consumer packaged goods, media, entertainment, telecommunications and technology industries, are subject to the financial pressures of, for example, increased costs or reduced demand for their products, the demand for our services, or the prices our clients are willing to pay for those services, may decline.

During challenging economic times, clients, typically advertisers, within our Buy segment may reduce their discretionary advertising expenditures and may be less likely to purchase our analytical services, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue.

Clients within our Watch segment derive a significant amount of their revenue from the sale or purchase of advertising. During challenging economic times, advertisers may reduce advertising expenditures and advertising agencies and other media may be less likely to purchase our media information services, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health.

We have now and will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $7,926 million.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could:

 

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, service development efforts, dividends, share repurchases and other general corporate purposes;

 

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest;

 

restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, service development, debt service requirements, dividends, share repurchases, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes;

 

limit our ability to adjust to changing market conditions;

 

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

limit our ability to service our dividend and stock repurchases programs.

In addition, the indentures governing our outstanding notes and our credit facility contain financial and other restrictive covenants that could limit the ability of our operating subsidiaries to engage in activities that may be in our best interests in the long term. The failure to comply with any of those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.

16


 

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further increase the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify.

We will require a significant amount of cash as well as continued access to the capital markets to service our indebtedness, fund capital expenditures and meet our other liquidity needs. Our ability to generate cash and our access to the capital markets depend on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness (both interest and principal) and to fund planned capital expenditures and other liquidity needs will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future and our ability to refinance our indebtedness. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facilities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements – “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements,” for a description of our debt maturities.

A substantial portion of our indebtedness is at variable rates, and we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates.

Our cash interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $319 million, $296 million and $294 million, respectively.   At December 31, 2016, we had $4,059 million of floating-rate debt under our senior secured credit facilities of which $1,050 million was subject to effective floating-fixed interest rate swaps. A one percent increase in interest rates applied to our floating rate indebtedness would therefore increase annual interest expense by approximately $30 million ($41 million without giving effect to any of our interest rate swaps). We periodically review our fixed/floating debt mix, and the volume, rates and duration of our interest rate hedging portfolio are subject to changes, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

The success of our business depends on our ability to recruit sample participants to participate in our research samples.

Our business uses scanners and diaries to gather consumer data from sample households as well as Set Meters, People Meters, Active/Passive Meters, PPM’s and diaries to gather television and audio audience measurement data from sample households. It is increasingly difficult and costly to obtain consent from households to participate in the surveys. In addition, it is increasingly difficult and costly to ensure that the selected sample of households mirrors the behaviors and characteristics of the entire population and covers all of the demographic segments requested by our clients. Additionally, as consumers adopt modes of telecommunication other than traditional telephone service, such as mobile, cable and internet calling, it may become more difficult for our services to reach and recruit participants for consumer purchasing and audience measurement services. If we are unsuccessful in our efforts to recruit appropriate participants, maintain the integrity of our panels, maintain adequate participation levels or properly model the sample data, our clients may lose confidence in our ratings services and we could lose the support of the relevant industry groups. If this were to happen, our consumer purchasing and audience measurement services may be materially and adversely affected.

Data protection laws and self-regulatory codes may restrict our activities and increase our costs.

Various statutes and rules regulate conduct in areas such as privacy and data protection which may affect our collection, use, storage and transfer of information both abroad and in the United States. The definition of “personally identifiable information” and “personal data” continues to evolve and broaden, new laws and regulations are being enacted, and long-established programs, like the EU-US Safe Harbor framework, have been (or are at risk of being) declared invalid, so that this area remains in a state of flux. In addition, some of our products and services are subject to the self-regulatory programs of several organizations. Compliance with these laws and self-regulatory codes may require us to make certain investments or may dictate that we not offer certain types of services or only offer such services after making necessary modifications. Failure to comply with these laws and self-regulatory codes may result in, among other things, civil and criminal liability, negative publicity, restrictions on further use of data and/or liability under contractual warranties.

In addition, there is an increasing public concern regarding data and consumer protection issues, and the number of jurisdictions with data protection laws has been increasing. There is also the possibility that the scope of existing privacy laws may be expanded. For example, several countries, including the United States, have regulations that restrict telemarketing to individuals who request to be included on a do-not-call list. Typically, these regulations target sales activity and do not apply to market research. Additionally, in the EU, previous legislation provided exceptions for market research, but the current draft of the EU e-Privacy Directive does not provide for such exceptions. If the laws were extended to include market research, our ability to recruit research participants and continue our present operations could be adversely affected.

17


 

Recently, the European Union reached agreement on the General Data Protection Regulation, originally introduced in 2012. The final text of the Regulation was formally adopted by the European Parliament and Council in the spring of 2016, and this Regulation should become effective in 2018. Interpretations of the Regulation may have a negative impact on some of our services or may require us to revise some of our practices, procedures or products. These or future initiatives may adversely affect our ability to generate or process data or to develop or market current or future services, which could negatively impact our business.

Our services involve the receipt, storage and transmission of proprietary information. If our security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained, our services may be perceived as not being secure and regulators, panelists and survey respondents may hold us liable for disclosure of personal data, and clients and venture partners may hold us liable or reduce their use of our services.

We receive, store and transmit large volumes of proprietary information and data that contain personal information about individuals. Security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, litigation and possible liability and our reputation could be damaged. It may also make it more difficult to recruit panelists and survey respondents.  For example, hackers or individuals who attempt to breach our network security could, if successful, misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our services. If we experience any breaches of our network security or sabotage, we might be required to expend significant capital and resources to protect against or to alleviate problems and to respond to regulators’ inquiries. We may not be able to remedy any problems caused by hackers or saboteurs in a timely manner, or at all. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target and, as a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose current and potential clients. In addition, we may be subject to investigation and fines by jurisdictions that have data breach notification laws.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our business could be adversely affected.

The success of our business will depend, in part, on:

 

obtaining patent protection for our technology and services;

 

defending our patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property;

 

preserving our trade secrets and maintaining the security of our know-how and data; and

 

operating our business without infringing upon intellectual property rights held by third parties.

We rely on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and the patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries to protect our intellectual property. These legal measures afford only limited protection and may not provide sufficient protection to prevent the infringement, misuse or misappropriation of our intellectual property. Intellectual property law in several foreign jurisdictions is subject to considerable uncertainty. There can be no assurances that the protections we have available for our proprietary technology in the United States and other countries will be available to us in all of the places we sell our services. Any infringement or misappropriation of our technology can have a negative impact on our business. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. The expiration of our patents may lead to increased competition. Although our employees, consultants, clients and collaborators enter into confidentiality agreements with us, our trade secrets, data and know-how could be subject to unauthorized use, misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure. The growing need for global data, along with increased competition and technological advances, puts increasing pressure on us to share our intellectual property for client applications with others, which could result in infringement. Competitors may gain access to our intellectual property and proprietary information. Our trademarks could be challenged, which could force us to rebrand our services, result in a loss of brand recognition and require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Furthermore, litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets and to determine the validity and scope of our proprietary rights. Given the importance of our intellectual property, we will enforce our rights whenever it is necessary and prudent to do so. Any future litigation, regardless of the outcome, could result in substantial expense and diversion of time and attention of management, may not be resolved in our favor and could adversely affect our business.

18


 

If third parties claim that we infringe upon their intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

We cannot be certain that we do not and will not infringe the intellectual property rights of others in operating our business. We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any such claims of intellectual property infringement, even those without merit, could:

 

be expensive and time-consuming to defend;

 

result in our being required to pay possibly significant damages;

 

cause us to cease providing our services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

require us to redesign or rebrand our services;

 

divert management’s attention and resources; or

 

require us to enter into potentially costly royalty or licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property, although royalty or licensing agreements may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

Any of the above could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects and financial condition.

We generate revenues throughout the world which are subject to exchange rate fluctuations, and our revenues and net income may suffer due to currency translations and repatriation of earnings to the U.S.

We operate globally, deriving approximately 41% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016 in currencies other than U.S. dollars, with approximately 10% of revenues deriving in Euros. Our U.S. operations earn revenues and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars, while our European operations earn revenues and incur expenses primarily in Euros. Outside the United States and the Euro Zone, we generate revenues and expenses predominantly in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. In certain instances, we may not be able to freely convert foreign currencies into U.S. dollars due to limitations placed on such conversions.

As of December 31, 2016, of the $754 million in cash and cash equivalents, approximately $515 million was held in jurisdictions outside the U.S. and as a result there may be tax consequences if such amounts were moved out of these jurisdictions or repatriated to the U.S. We regularly review the amount of cash and cash equivalents held outside of the U.S. to determine the amounts necessary to fund the current operations of our foreign operations and their growth initiatives and amounts needed to service our U.S. indebtedness and related obligations.

Our international operations are exposed to risks which could impede growth in the future.

We continue to explore opportunities in major international markets around the world, including China, Russia, India and Brazil. International operations expose us to various additional risks, which could adversely affect our business, including:

 

costs of customizing services for clients outside of the United States;

 

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;

 

difficulties in managing international operations;

 

longer sales and payment cycles;

 

exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation;

 

exposure to local economic conditions;

 

limitations on the repatriation of funds from foreign operations;

 

exposure to local political conditions, including adverse tax and other government policies and positions, civil unrest and seizure of assets by a foreign government; and

 

the risks of an outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

19


 

In countries where there has not been a historical practice of using consumer packaged goods retail information or audience measurement information in the buying and selling of advertising time, it may be difficult for us to maintain subscribers.

Criticism of our audience measurement service by various industry groups and market segments could adversely affect our business.

Due to the high-profile nature of our services in the media, internet and entertainment information industries, we could become the target of criticism by various industry groups and market segments. We strive to be fair, transparent and impartial in the production of audience measurement services, and the quality of our U.S. ratings services is voluntarily subject to review and accreditation by the Media Rating Council, a voluntary trade organization whose members include many of our key client constituencies. However, criticism of our business by special interests, and by clients with competing and often conflicting demands on our measurement service, could result in government regulation. While we believe that government regulation is unnecessary, no assurance can be given that legislation will not be enacted in the future that would subject our business to regulation, which could adversely affect our business.

A loss of one of our largest clients could adversely impact our results of operations.

Our top ten clients accounted for approximately 21% of our total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016. We cannot assure you that any of our clients will continue to use our services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A loss of one or more of our largest clients, if not replaced by a new client or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect our prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services in connection with the provision of our current services.

We rely on third parties to provide certain data and services for use in connection with the provision of our current services and our reliance on third-party data providers is growing. For example, our Buy segment enters into agreements with third parties (primarily retailers of fast-moving consumer goods) to obtain the raw data on retail product sales it processes and edits and from which it creates products and services. These suppliers of data may increase restrictions on our use of such data, fail to adhere to our quality control standards or otherwise satisfactorily perform services, increase the price they charge us for this data or refuse altogether to license the data to us (in some cases because of exclusive agreements they may have entered into with our competitors). Supplier consolidation could put pressure on our cost structure.  In addition, we may need to enter into agreements with third parties to assist with the marketing, technical and financial aspects of expanding our services for other types of media. In the event we are unable to use such third party data and services or if we are unable to enter into agreements with third parties, when necessary, our business and/or our potential growth could be adversely affected. In the event that such data and services are unavailable for our use or the cost of acquiring such data and services increases, our business could be adversely affected.

We rely on third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our worldwide information technology and operations functions. A failure to provide these functions in a satisfactory manner could have an adverse effect on our business.

We are dependent upon third parties for the performance of a significant portion of our information technology and operations functions worldwide. The success of our business depends in part on maintaining our relationships with these third parties and their continuing ability to perform these functions in a timely and satisfactory manner. If we experience a loss or disruption in the provision of any of these functions, or they are not performed in a satisfactory manner, we may have difficulty in finding alternate providers on terms favorable to us, or at all, and our business could be adversely affected.

Long-term disruptions in the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and/or air service could adversely affect our business.

Our business is dependent on the use of the mail, telecommunication infrastructure and air service. Long-term disruptions in one or more of these services, which could be caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, civil unrest and/or acts of terrorism, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Hardware and software failures, delays in the operations of our data gathering procedures, our computer and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements may harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications systems and our data gathering procedures. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede the processing of data, delivery of databases and services, client orders and day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption or loss of data. While many of our services have appropriate disaster recovery plans in place, we currently do not have full backup facilities everywhere in the world to provide redundant network capacity in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we may take, damage from fire,

20


 

floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins and similar events at our various computer facilities, or delays in our data gathering operations due to weather or other acts of nature, could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a delay in the delivery of data, we could be required to transfer our data collection operations to an alternative provider. Such a transfer could result in significant delays in our ability to deliver our services to our clients and could be costly to implement. Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements and improvements, or inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed, could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities, civil unrest and/or acts of terrorism (particularly involving cities in which we have offices) could adversely affect our services. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

The presence of our Global Technology and Information Center in Florida heightens our exposure to hurricanes and tropical storms, which could disrupt our business.

The technological data processing functions for certain of our U.S. operations are concentrated at our Global Technology and Information Center (“GTIC”) at a single location in Florida. Our geographic concentration in Florida heightens our exposure to a hurricane or tropical storm. These weather events could cause severe damage to our property and technology and could cause major disruptions to our operations. Although our GTIC was built in anticipation of severe weather events and we have insurance coverage, if we were to experience a catastrophic loss, we may exceed our policy limits and/or we may have difficulty obtaining similar insurance coverage in the future. As such, a hurricane or tropical storm could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in tax laws and the continuing ability to apply the provisions of various international tax treaties may adversely affect our financial results and increase our tax expense.

Changes in tax laws, international tax treaties, regulations, related interpretations and tax accounting standards in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries in which we operate may adversely affect our financial results, particularly our income tax expense, liabilities and cash flow. Various recent legislative proposals to significantly reform U.S. taxation could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. In addition, changes in the tax laws of foreign jurisdictions could arise as a result of the base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) action plans issued by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) in 2015 as well as interpretations as to the application of EU rules on state aid and tax rulings. The OECD, which represents a coalition of member countries, has recommended changes to numerous long-standing tax principles. These changes, if adopted by countries, could increase tax uncertainty and may adversely affect our provision for income taxes. Finally, governments are resorting to more aggressive tax audit tactics and are increasingly considering changes to tax law regimes or policies as a means to cover budgetary shortfalls resulting from the current economic environment. All of the foregoing could result in higher tax expense and lower after-tax income for us.

We face increasing competition, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We are faced with a number of competitors in the markets in which we operate. Some of our competitors in each market may have substantially greater financial, marketing, technological and other resources than we do and may in the future engage in aggressive pricing action to compete with us and provide better technology. Although we believe we are currently able to compete effectively in each of the various markets in which we participate, we may not be able to do so in the future or be capable of maintaining or further increasing our current market share. Our failure to compete successfully in our various markets could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

We may be subject to antitrust litigation or government investigation in the future, which may result in an award of money damages or force us to change the way we do business.

In the past, certain of our business practices have been investigated by government antitrust or competition agencies, and we have on several occasions been sued by private parties for alleged violations of the antitrust and competition laws of various jurisdictions. Following some of these actions, we have changed certain of our business practices to reduce the likelihood of future litigation. Although each of these material prior legal actions have been resolved, there is a risk based upon the leading position of certain of our business operations that we could, in the future, be the target of investigations by government entities or actions by private parties challenging the legality of our business practices. Also, in markets where the retail trade is concentrated, regulatory authorities may perceive certain of our retail services as potential vehicles for collusive behavior by retailers or manufacturers. There can be no assurance that any such investigation or challenge will not result in an award of money damages, penalties or some form of order that might require a change in the way that we do business, any of which could adversely affect our revenue stream and/or profitability.

21


 

Our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes could impact our business results.

We recently experienced senior leadership changes, and we continue to execute a number of significant business and organizational changes, including acquisitions, divestitures and workforce optimization projects to support our growth strategies. We expect these types of changes, which may include many staffing adjustments as well as employee departures, to continue for the foreseeable future. Successfully managing these changes, including the identification, development and retention of key employees to provide uninterrupted leadership and direction for our business, is critical to our success. This includes developing organization capabilities in key growth markets where the depth of skilled or experienced employees may be limited and competition for these resources is intense. Finally, our financial targets assume a consistent level of productivity improvement. If we are unable to deliver expected productivity improvements, while continuing to invest in business growth, our financial results could be adversely impacted.

If we are unable to attract, retain and motivate employees, we may not be able to compete effectively and will not be able to expand our business.

Our success and ability to grow are dependent, in part, on our ability to hire, retain and motivate sufficient numbers of talented people, with the increasingly diverse skills needed to serve clients and expand our business, in many locations around the world. Competition for highly qualified, specialized technical and managerial, and particularly consulting personnel is intense. Recruiting, training and retention costs and benefits place significant demands on our resources. The inability to attract qualified employees in sufficient numbers to meet particular demands or the loss of a significant number of our employees could have an adverse effect on us, including our ability to obtain and successfully complete important client engagements and thus maintain or increase our revenues.

We have suffered losses due to goodwill impairment charges in the past and could do so again in the future.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are subject to annual review for impairment (or more frequently should indications of impairment arise). In addition, other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. As of December 31, 2016, we had goodwill and intangible assets of $12,581 million. Any downward revisions in the fair value of our reporting units or our intangible assets could result in impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets that could materially affect our financial performance.

Failure to successfully complete or integrate acquisitions into our existing operations could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We regularly evaluate opportunities for strategic growth through tuck-in acquisitions. Potential issues associated with these acquisitions could include, among other things, our ability to realize the full extent of the benefits or cost savings that we expect to realize as a result of the completion of the acquisition within the anticipated time frame, or at all; receipt of necessary consents, clearances and approvals in connection with the acquisition; diversion of management’s attention from base strategies and objectives; and, with respect to acquisitions, our ability to successfully combine our businesses with the business of the acquired company in a manner that permits cost savings to be realized, including sales and administrative support activities and information technology systems among our company and the acquired company, motivating, recruiting and retaining executives and key employees, conforming standards, controls, procedures and policies, business cultures and compensation structures among our company and the acquired company, consolidating and streamlining corporate and administrative infrastructures, consolidating sales and marketing operations, retaining existing customers and attracting new customers, identifying and eliminating redundant and underperforming operations and assets, coordinating geographically dispersed organizations, and managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating our operations following completion of the acquisitions. In addition, acquisitions outside of the United States increase our exposure to risks associated with foreign operations, including fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and compliance with foreign laws and regulations. If an acquisition is not successfully completed or integrated into our existing operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted by our U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans.

Adverse equity market conditions and volatility in the credit markets may have an unfavorable impact on the value of our pension trust assets and future estimated pension liabilities. As a result, our financial results in any period could be negatively impacted. In addition, in a period of an extended financial market downturn, we could be required to provide incremental pension plan funding with resulting liquidity risk which could negatively impact our financial position.

22


 

Ineffective internal controls could impact our business and operating results.

Our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if we experience difficulties in its implementation, our business and operating results could be harmed and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations.

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

 

Item 2.

Properties

We lease property in approximately 600 locations worldwide. We also own five properties worldwide, including our offices in Oxford, United Kingdom and Sao Paulo, Brazil. Our leased property includes offices in New York, New York, Oldsmar, Florida and Markham, Canada. In addition, we are subject to certain covenants including the requirement that we meet certain conditions in the event we merge into or convey, lease, transfer or sell our properties or assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to, any person or persons, in one or a series of transactions.

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, the Company does expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not Applicable.

 

 

 

23


 

PART II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and is traded under the symbol “NLSN.” At the close of business on February 1, 2017, there was one stockholder of record. We believe that the number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders because a large portion of our common stock is held in “street name” by brokers.

The high and low reported sale prices per share for our common stock for the quarterly periods for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Quarterly Period

 

High

 

 

Low

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First

 

$

53.08

 

 

$

42.90

 

 

$

46.71

 

 

$

41.92

 

Second

 

$

55.06

 

 

$

49.76

 

 

$

46.85

 

 

$

44.11

 

Third

 

$

55.94

 

 

$

51.10

 

 

$

49.37

 

 

$

42.76

 

Fourth

 

$

54.99

 

 

$

41.00

 

 

$

48.78

 

 

$

44.13

 

 

In January 2013, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) adopted a cash dividend policy with the intent to pay quarterly cash dividends on our outstanding common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends is made at the discretion of our Board and is subject to the Board’s continuing determination that the dividend policy and the declaration of dividends thereunder are in the best interests of our shareholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements to which we are subject. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in our senior secured credit facilities and in the indentures governing our notes. See the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements – “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements,” for a description of our senior secured credit facilities, debenture loans and these dividend restrictions.  

The below table summarizes the dividends declared and paid on our common stock for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Declaration Date

 

 

Record Date

 

 

Payment Date

 

 

Dividend Per Share

 

February 19, 2015

 

 

 

March 5, 2015

 

 

 

March 19, 2015

 

 

$

0.25

 

April 20, 2015

 

 

 

June 4, 2015

 

 

 

June 18, 2015

 

 

$

0.28

 

July 23, 2015

 

 

 

August 27, 2015

 

 

 

September 10, 2015

 

 

$

0.28

 

October 29, 2015

 

 

 

November 24, 2015

 

 

 

December 8, 2015

 

 

$

0.28

 

February 18, 2016

 

 

 

March 3, 2016

 

 

 

March 17, 2016

 

 

$

0.28

 

April 19, 2016

 

 

 

June 2, 2016

 

 

 

June 16, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

July 21, 2016

 

 

 

August 25, 2016

 

 

 

September 8, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

October 20, 2016

 

 

 

November 22, 2016

 

 

 

December 6, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

On February 16, 2017, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.31 per share on our common stock.  The dividend is payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 2017.

Our Board has approved a share repurchase program, as included in the below table, for up to $2 billion of our outstanding common stock. The primary purpose of the program is to return value to shareholders and to mitigate dilution associated with our equity compensation plans.

 

Board Approval

 

Share

Repurchase

Authorization

($ in millions)

July 25, 2013

 

$

500

October 23, 2014

 

$

1,000

December 11, 2015

 

$

500

Total Share Repurchase Authorization

 

$

2,000

 

24


 

Repurchases under these plans will be made in accordance with applicable securities laws from time to time in the open market or otherwise depending on our evaluation of market conditions and other factors. This program has been executed within the limitations of the existing authority granted at Nielsen’s Annual General Meetings of Shareholders held in 2015 and 2016. During the fourth quarter 2016, we repurchased a total of 466,616 shares of our common stock for $22 million at an average price of $47.83 per share. The activity during the fourth quarter of 2016 consisted of open market share repurchases and is summarized in the following table:

 

Period

 

Total Number of

Shares

Purchased

 

 

Average Price

Paid per Share

 

 

Total Number of

Shares

Purchased as

Part of Publicly

Announced

Plans or

Programs

 

 

Dollar Value of

Shares that may

yet be Purchased

under the Plans

or Programs

 

October 1-31

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

51.73

 

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

453,051,573

 

November 1-30

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

46.17

 

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

December 1 - 31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

Total fourth quarter 2016

 

 

466,616

 

 

$

47.83

 

 

 

466,616

 

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom tax consequences for holders of common stock

The United Kingdom tax consequences discussed below do not reflect a complete analysis or listing of all the possible United Kingdom tax consequences that may be relevant to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the statements below only apply to holders of our common stock who are resident for tax purposes outside of the United Kingdom.

Investors should consult their own tax advisors in respect of the tax consequences related to receipt, ownership, purchase or sale or other disposition of our common stock.

United Kingdom withholding tax

Under current law, the Company is not required to make any deduction or withholding for or on account of United Kingdom tax from dividends distributed on our common stock, irrespective of the tax residence or individual circumstances of the recipient shareholder.

United Kingdom income tax on dividends

A non-United Kingdom tax resident holder of our common stock will not be subject to United Kingdom income taxes on dividend income and similar distributions in respect of our shares, unless the shares are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed place of business maintained in the United Kingdom by such non-U.K. holder.

Disposition of Nielsen Shares

Holders of our common stock who are neither resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom nor holding the common stock in connection with a trade carried on through a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom will not be subject to any United Kingdom taxes on chargeable gains as a result of any disposals of their common stock.

Common stock held outside the facilities of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") should be treated as UK situs assets for the purpose of U.K. inheritance tax.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax ("SDRT")

Stamp duty and/or SDRT are imposed in the United Kingdom on certain transfers of securities (including shares in companies which, like us, are incorporated in the United Kingdom) at a rate of 0.5% of the consideration paid for the transfer. Certain transfers of shares to depositaries or into clearance systems are charged a higher rate of 1.5%. Transfers of interests in shares within a depositary or clearance system, and from a depositary to a clearance system, are generally exempt from stamp duty and SDRT.

Transfers of our common stock held in book entry form through the facilities of DTC will not attract a charge to stamp duty or SDRT in the United Kingdom provided no instrument of transfer is entered into (which should not be necessary).

25


 

Any transfer of, or agreement to transfer, our common stock that occurs outside the DTC system, including repurchases by us, will ordinarily attract stamp duty or SDRT at a rate of 0.5%. This duty must be paid (and where applicable the transfer document stamped by HMRC) before the transfer can be registered in our books. Typically this stamp duty or SDRT would be paid by the purchaser of the common stock.

A transfer of title in our common stock from within the DTC system out of the DTC system will not attract stamp duty or SDRT if undertaken for no consideration. If that common stock is redeposited into DTC (which may only be done via a deposit of the common stock first with an appropriate offshore depositary followed by a transfer of the common stock from the offshore depositary into DTC), however, the redeposit will attract stamp duty or SDRT at a rate of 1.5%.

Investors should therefore note that the withdrawal of our common stock from the DTC system, or any transfers outside the DTC system, are likely to cause additional costs and delays in disposing of their common stock than would be the case if they hold our common stock in book entry form through the DTC system.

 

 

 

26


 

Item 6.

Selected Financial and Other Data

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this annual report on Form 10-K.

The results of operations for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The audited consolidated financial statements, from which the historical financial information for the periods set forth below have been derived, were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K.

In March 2013, we completed the exit and shut down of one of our legacy online businesses and, in June 2013, we completed the sale of our Expositions business. These businesses are reported as discontinued operations, which requires retrospective restatement of prior periods to classify operating results of these businesses as discontinued operations.  

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT

PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2016(1)

 

 

2015(2)

 

 

2014(3)

 

 

2013(4)

 

 

2012(5)

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

6,309

 

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

6,288

 

 

$

5,703

 

 

$

5,407

 

Depreciation and amortization(6)

 

 

603

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

510

 

 

 

493

 

Operating income

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

1,089

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

880

 

Interest expense

 

 

333

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

390

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

816

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

242

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

30

 

Income from continuing operations per common share (basic)

 

 

1.40

 

 

 

1.55

 

 

 

1.01

 

 

 

1.16

 

 

 

0.67

 

Income from continuing operations per common share (diluted)

 

 

1.39

 

 

 

1.54

 

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

0.66

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

 

1.21

 

 

 

1.09

 

 

 

0.95

 

 

 

0.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013(7)

 

 

2012(7)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

15,730

 

 

$

15,303

 

 

$

15,326

 

 

$

15,480

 

 

$

14,525

 

Long-term debt including capital leases

 

 

7,926

 

 

 

7,338

 

 

 

6,812

 

 

 

6,590

 

 

 

6,519

 

 

 

(1)

Income for the year ended December 31, 2016 included $105 million in restructuring charges, and a gain of $14 million recorded from the sale of Claritas.

(2)

Income for the year ended December 31, 2015 included $51 million in restructuring charges, a gain of $158 million recorded from the step acquisition of Nielsen Catalina Solutions and an $8 million charge associated with the change to the Venezuelan currency exchange rate mechanism.

(3)

Income for the year ended December 31, 2014 included $89 million in restructuring charges, $97 million of charges associated with certain debt retirement transactions and a $52 million charge associated with the change to the Venezuelan currency exchange rate mechanism.

(4)

Income for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $119 million in restructuring charges.

(5)

Income for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $85 million in restructuring charges and $121 million of charges associated with certain debt retirement transactions.

(6)

Depreciation and amortization expense included charges for the depreciation and amortization of tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations of $210 million, $205 million, $204 million, $162 million and $145 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(7)

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we have reclassified $50 million and $60 million, respectively, of debt issuance costs between total assets and long-term debt inclusive of capital leases to conform to current year presentation.

 

 

27


 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis should be read together with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. Further, this report may contain material that includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that reflect, when made, Nielsen’s current views with respect to current events and financial performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Statements, other than those based on historical facts, which address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are and will be, as the case may be, subject to many risks, uncertainties and factors relating to Nielsen’s operations and business environment that may cause actual results to be materially different from any future results, express or implied, by such forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The terms “Company,” “Nielsen,” “we,” “our” or “us,” as used herein, refer to Nielsen Holdings plc and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise stated or indicated by context.

Background and Executive Summary

We are a leading global performance management company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. We deliver critical media and marketing information, analytics and industry expertise about what consumers buy (referred to herein as “Buy”) and what consumers read, watch and listen to (consumer interaction across the television, radio, digital and mobile viewing and listening platforms referred to herein as “Watch”) on a global and local basis. Our measurement and analytical services help our clients maintain and strengthen their market positions and identify opportunities for profitable growth. We have a presence in more than 100 countries, including many emerging markets, and hold leading market positions in many of our services and geographies.

We believe that important measures of our results of operations include revenue, operating income and Adjusted EBITDA (defined below). Our long-term financial objectives include consistent revenue growth and expanding operating margins. Accordingly, we are focused on geographic market and service offering expansion to drive revenue growth and improve operating efficiencies, including effective resource utilization, information technology leverage and overhead cost management.

Our business strategy is built upon a model that has traditionally yielded consistent revenue performance. Typically, before the start of each year, more than 70% of our annual revenue has been committed under contracts in our combined Buy and Watch segments, which provides us with a high degree of stability for our revenue and allows us to effectively manage our profitability and cash flows. We continue to look for growth opportunities through global expansion, specifically within emerging markets, as well as through the cross-platform expansion of our analytical services and measurement services.

Our restructuring and other productivity initiatives have been focused on a combination of improving operating leverage through targeted cost-reduction programs, business process improvements and portfolio restructuring actions, while at the same time investing in key programs to enhance future growth opportunities.

Achieving our business objectives requires us to manage a number of key risk areas. Our growth objective of geographic market and service expansion requires us to maintain the consistency and integrity of our information and underlying processes on a global scale, and to invest effectively our capital in technology and infrastructure to keep pace with our clients’ demands and our competitors. Our operating footprint across more than 100 countries requires disciplined global and local resource management of internal and third party providers to ensure success. In addition, our high level of indebtedness requires active management of our debt profile, with a focus on underlying maturities, interest rate risk, liquidity and operating cash flows.

Business Segment Overview

We align our business into two reporting segments: what consumers buy (consumer purchasing measurement and analytics), and what consumers watch and listen to (media audience measurement and analytics). Our Buy and Watch segments are built on a foundation of proprietary data assets that are designed to yield essential insights for our clients to successfully measure, analyze and grow their businesses.

28


 

Our Buy segment provides measurement services, which include our core tracking and scan data (primarily transactional measurement data and consumer behavior information), and analytical services to businesses in the consumer packaged goods industry. Our services also enable our clients to better manage their brands, uncover new sources of demand, launch and grow new products, analyze their sales, improve their marketing mix and establish more effective consumer relationships. Our data is used by our clients to measure their market share, tracking billions of sales transactions per month in retail outlets around the world. Our extensive database of retail and consumer information, combined with our advanced analytical capabilities, helps generate strategic insights that influence our clients’ key business decisions. Within our Buy segment, we have two primary geographic groups, developed and emerging markets. Developed markets primarily include the United States, Canada, Western Europe, Japan, Australia and South Korea while emerging markets include Africa, Latin America, Eastern Europe, Russia, China, India and Southeast Asia.

Our Watch segment provides viewership and listening data and analytics primarily to the media and advertising industries for television, radio, digital and mobile viewing and listening platforms. Our Watch data is used by our media clients to understand their audiences, establish the value of their advertising inventory and maximize the value of their content, and by our advertising clients to plan and optimize their spending.

Certain corporate costs, other than those described above, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to our segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The most significant of these policies relate to: revenue recognition; business combinations including purchase price allocations; accruals for pension costs and other post-retirement benefits; accounting for income taxes; and valuation of long-lived assets including goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, computer software and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the valuation of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. For a summary of the significant accounting policies, including the critical accounting policies discussed below, see Note 1 – “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies” – to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or information has been delivered, the fee is fixed or determinable and the collectability of the related revenue is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from information (primarily retail measurement and consumer panel services) and measurement (primarily from television, radio, internet and mobile audiences) services. We generally recognize revenue from the sale of services as the services are performed and delivered to the consumer, which is usually ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned. Substantially all of our customer contracts are non-cancelable and non-refundable.

Certain of our revenue arrangements include multiple deliverables and in these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract that have stand-alone value to the customer are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon our best estimate of their selling prices. These arrangements are not significant to our results of operations. In certain cases, software is included as part of these arrangements to allow our customers to view delivered information and is provided for the term of the arrangement and is not significant to the marketing effort and is not sold separately. Accordingly, software provided to our customers is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

A discussion of our revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Buy

Revenue from our Buy segment, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services, is recognized over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer, primarily on a straight-line basis.

29


 

We also provide insights and solutions to customers through analytical studies that are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the information has been delivered to the customer.

Watch

Revenue from our Watch segment is primarily generated from television, radio, digital and mobile measurement services and recognized over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer, primarily on a straight-line basis.

Stock-Based Compensation

Expense Recognition

Our stock-based compensation programs are comprised of both stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). We measure the cost of all stock-based payments, including stock options, at fair value on the grant date and recognize such costs within the consolidated statements of operations; however, no expense is recognized for stock-based payments that do not ultimately vest. We recognize expense associated with stock-based payments that vest upon a single date using the straight-line method. For those that vest over time, an accelerated graded vesting is used. We recorded $51 million, $48 million and $47 million of expense associated with stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate grant date fair value of all outstanding vested and unvested options was $32 million and $29 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, approximately $36 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to unvested RSUs (net of estimated forfeitures) is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years.

Fair Value Measurement

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment. Stock-based compensation expense for time-based stock options is primarily based on the estimated grant date fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which considers factors such as estimating the expected term of stock options, expected volatility of our stock, and the number of stock-based awards expected to be forfeited due to future terminations. Some of the critical assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value are presented in the table below:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Expected life (years)

 

4.50-5.25

 

 

 

4.50-5.25

 

 

 

3.00-5.25

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.19-1.92

%

 

 

1.27-1.58

%

 

 

0.87%-1.66

%

Expected dividend yield

 

2.29-2.90

%

 

 

2.18- 2.45

%

 

 

1.77% - 2.39

%

Expected volatility

 

20.02-23.44

%

 

 

23.44-23.70

%

 

 

23.50%-25.32

%

Weighted-average volatility

 

20.89

%

 

 

23.56

%

 

 

23.89

%

 

We consider the historical option exercise behavior of our employees in estimating the expected life of our options granted, which we believe are representative of future behavior. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, expected volatility was based on our historical volatility.  

In addition, for stock-based awards where vesting is dependent upon achieving certain operating performance goals, we estimate the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. The total number of performance restricted share units to be earned is subject to achievement of cumulative performance goals for the three year period. Forty percent of the target award will be determined based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return and sixty percent of the target award will be determined based on free cash flow achievements.  The maximum payout is 200% of target.  The fair value of the target award related to free cash flow was the fair value on the date of the grant, and the fair value of the target awards related to relative shareholder return was based on the Monte Carlo model. Differences between actual results and these estimates could have a material effect on our financial results.

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates and, although we believe them to be reasonable, these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of our option-pricing model in future periods or if we experience different forfeiture rates, the compensation expense that is derived may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current year.

30


 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at fair value.

Accounts Receivable

The Company extends non-interest bearing trade credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To minimize credit risk, ongoing credit evaluations of client’s financial condition are performed. An estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable or returns are expected.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we sold $137 million and $50 million, respectively, of accounts receivables to a third party and recorded an immaterial loss on the sales to interest expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $71 million and $50 million, respectively, remained outstanding. The sales were accounted for as true sales, without recourse. We maintain servicing responsibilities of the receivables, for which the related costs are not significant. The proceeds of $137 million and $50 million from the sale were reported as a component of the changes in trade and other receivables, net within operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are stated at historical cost less accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are each tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may not be recoverable. We have designated October 1st as the date in which the annual assessment is performed as this timing corresponds with the development of our formal budget and business plan review. We review the recoverability of our goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. We established, and continue to evaluate, our reporting units based on our internal reporting structure and define such reporting units at our operating segment level or one level below. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily by an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis and supplemented by a market-based approach.

A discounted cash flow analysis requires the use of various assumptions, including expectations of future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates and tax rates in developing the present value of future cash flow projections. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside of the control of management, and these assumptions and estimates can change in future periods. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit, and therefore could affect the amount of potential impairment. The following assumptions are significant to our discounted cash flow analysis:

 

Business projections – expected future cash flows and growth rates are based on assumptions about the level of business activity in the marketplace as well as applicable cost levels that drive our budget and business plans. The budget and business plans are updated at least annually and are frequently reviewed by management and our board of directors. Actual results of operations, cash flows and other factors will likely differ from the estimates used in our valuation, and it is possible that differences and changes could be material. A deterioration in profitability, adverse market conditions and a slower or weaker economic recovery than currently estimated by management could have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of our reporting units and could result in an impairment charge in the future. Should such events or circumstances arise, management would evaluate other options available at that time that, if executed, could result in future profitability.

 

Long-term growth rates – the assumed long-term growth rate representing the expected rate at which a reporting unit’s earnings stream, beyond that of the budget and business plan period, is projected to grow. These rates are used to calculate the terminal value, or value at the end of the future earnings stream, of our reporting units, and are added to the cash flows projected for the budget and business plan period. The long-term growth rate for each reporting unit is influenced by general market conditions as well as factors specific to the reporting unit such as the maturity of the underlying services. The long-term growth rates we used for each of our reporting units in our 2016 evaluation were between 1.0% and 3.0%.

 

Discount rates – the reporting unit’s combined future cash flows are discounted at a rate that is consistent with a weighted-average cost of capital that is likely to be used by market participants. The weighted-average cost of capital is our estimate of the overall after-tax rate of return required by equity and debt holders of a business enterprise. The discount rate for each reporting unit is influenced by general market conditions as well as factors specific to the reporting unit. The discount rates we used in our 2016 evaluation of our reporting units were between 8.5% and 9.5%.

31


 

These estimates and assumptions vary between each reporting unit depending on the facts and circumstances specific to that unit. We believe that the estimates and assumptions we made are reasonable, but they are susceptible to change from period to period.

We also use a market-based approach in estimating the fair value of our reporting units. The market-based approach utilizes available market comparisons such as indicative industry multiples that are applied to current year revenue and earnings as well as recent comparable transactions.

To validate the reasonableness of the reporting unit fair values, we reconcile the aggregate fair values of our reporting units to our enterprise market capitalization. Enterprise market capitalization includes, among other factors, the market value of our common stock and the appropriate redemption values of our debt.

We did not have any indicators of impairment during the year ended December 31, 2016 that would require us to perform an interim impairment assessment.  Our annual impairment assessment, performed as of October 1, 2016, resulted in no impairment. Further, all three reporting units have fair values exceeding carrying values by at least 20% as of the annual impairment assessment date.

We perform sensitivity analyses on our assumptions, primarily around both long-term growth rate and discount rate assumptions. Our sensitivity analyses include several combinations of reasonably possible scenarios with regard to these assumptions. However, we consistently test a one percent movement in both our long-term growth rate and discount rate assumptions. When applying these sensitivity analyses, we noted that the fair value was greater than the underlying book value for all of our reporting units. While management believes that these sensitivity analyses provide a reasonable basis on which to evaluate the recovery of our goodwill, other facts or circumstances may arise that could impact the impairment assessment and therefore these analyses should not be used as a sole predictor of impairment.

The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace.

Pension Costs

We provide a number of retirement benefits to our employees, including defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical plans. Pension costs, in respect of defined benefit pension plans, primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the statement of operations, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed a certain threshold. The excess is amortized and charged to the statement of operations over, at the maximum, the average remaining term of employee service. We recognize obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans as expenses in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

The determination of benefit obligations and expenses is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets, the assumed rate of compensation increases and longevity changes in the local jurisdictions. We provide retiree medical benefits to a limited number of participants in the U.S. and have ceased to provide retiree health care benefits to certain of our Dutch retirees. Therefore, retiree medical care cost trend rates are not a significant driver of our post retirement costs. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them as necessary.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. For our U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on a bond portfolio that includes only long-term bonds with an Aa rating, or equivalent, from a major rating agency. For the Dutch and other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is set by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds. We believe the timing and amount of cash flows related to the bonds in these portfolios are expected to match the estimated payment benefit streams of our plans.

32


 

Effective January 1, 2016, we changed our approach to calculating the discount rate for our retirement benefit pension plans from a weighted-average yield curve approach to a spot-rate approach. Under the spot-rate approach, we use individual spot rates along the yield curve that correspond with the timing of each future cash outflow for benefit payments in order to calculate interest cost and service cost within net periodic benefit costs. The spot-rate approach represents a more precise measurement of interest and service cost. The new approach represents a change in accounting estimate that is inseparable from a change in accounting principle and accordingly is accounted for prospectively and had an immaterial impact to the consolidated financial statements.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider, for each country, the structure of the asset portfolio and the expected rates of return for each of the components. For our U.S. plans, a 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on our principal plans by approximately $1 million per year. A similar 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on our principal Dutch plans by approximately $3 million per year. We assumed that the weighted-averages of long-term returns on our pension plans was 5.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 6.0% for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The expected long-term rate of return is applied to the fair value of pension plan assets. The actual return on plan assets will vary year to year from this assumption. Although the actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year, we believe it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting our expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that our actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts.

Income Taxes

We have a presence in more than 100 countries. We have completed many material acquisitions and divestitures which have generated complex tax issues requiring management to use its judgment to make various tax determinations. We try to organize the affairs of our subsidiaries in a tax efficient manner, taking into consideration the jurisdictions in which we operate. Although we are confident that tax returns have been appropriately prepared and filed, there is risk that additional tax may be assessed on certain transactions or that the deductibility of certain expenditures may be disallowed for tax purposes. Our policy is to estimate tax risk to the best of our ability and provide accordingly for those risks and take positions in which a high degree of confidence exists that the tax treatment will be accepted by the tax authorities. The policy with respect to deferred taxation is to provide in full for temporary differences using the liability method.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are computed by assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. The carrying value of deferred tax assets is adjusted by a valuation allowance to the extent that these deferred tax assets are not considered to be realized on a more likely than not basis. Realization of deferred tax assets is based, in part, on our judgment and various factors including reversal of deferred tax liabilities, our ability to generate future taxable income in jurisdictions where such assets have arisen and potential tax planning strategies. Valuation allowances are recorded in order to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized in the future.

We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Such tax positions are, based solely on their technical merits, more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities and reflect the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Long-Lived Assets

We are required to assess whether the value of our long-lived assets, including our buildings, improvements, technical and other equipment, and amortizable intangible assets have been impaired whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. We do not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from an asset (or a group of assets) to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset (or the group of assets) exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist. If impairment is considered to exist based on undiscounted cash flows, the impairment charge is measured using an estimation of the assets’ fair value, typically using a discounted cash flow method. The identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets (or groups of assets) requires us to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of impairment indicators, expected cash flows and applicable discount rates. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and our assessments change. No impairment indicators were noted for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

33


 

We capitalize software development costs with respect to major internal use software initiatives or enhancements. The costs are capitalized from the time that the preliminary project stage is completed, and we consider it probable that the software will be used to perform the function intended until the time the software is placed in service for its intended use. Once the software is placed in service, the capitalized costs are generally amortized over periods of three to seven years. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of software may not be recovered, a recoverability analysis is performed based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the software in the future. If the analysis indicates that the carrying value is not recoverable from future cash flows, the software cost is written down to estimated fair value and an impairment is recognized. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and as our assessments change. There were no impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results

Acquisitions, Dispositions and Investments in Affiliates

Acquisitions

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid cash consideration of $285 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had these current period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2016, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we paid cash consideration of $246 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Included in this amount is $45 million for an additional 13.5% interest in Nielsen Catalina Solutions, a joint venture between us and Catalina (“NCS”) that we historically accounted for under the equity method of accounting. As part of this transaction we gained control of NCS and, as such accounted for it as a step-acquisition and calculated the fair value of the investment immediately before the acquisition to be $161 million. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2015, we recorded a $158 million gain on the investment in NCS to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. Commencing October 1, 2015, NCS was reflected as a consolidated subsidiary within our consolidated financial statements. Had that period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2015, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we paid cash consideration of $314 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions (including Harris Interactive, Inc.), net of cash acquired. Had that period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2014, the impact on our consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

Subsequent Event

Gracenote

In February 2017, we completed the acquisition of Gracenote, through the purchase of 100% of Gracenote’s outstanding common stock for a total cash purchase price of $560 million. We acquired the data and technology that underpins the programming guides and personalized user experience for major video, music, audio and sports content. This acquisition extends our footprint with major clients by including Gracenote’s global content database which spans across platforms including multichannel video programming distributors (MVPDs), smart televisions, streaming music services, connected devices, media players and in-car infotainment systems. Gracenote will consolidate into our Watch segment.

This Acquisition will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. We are in the process of preparing the initial accounting of the transaction and expect to establish a preliminary purchase price allocation by the end of the first quarter of 2017. 

Discontinued Operations and Other Dispositions

In December 2016, we completed the sale of Claritas, a business focusing on consumer segmentation insights within our Buy segment, for cash consideration of $34 million and a note receivable for $60 million. The note is payable at any time over three years and bears interest at 3% in year one, 5% in year two and 7% in year three. As a result of this transaction we recorded a $14 million gain on the sale to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. This disposition did not qualify to be classified as a discontinued operation.

34


 

In November 2015, we completed the sale of the National Research Group, Inc., a leader in providing market research to movie studios within our Watch segment, for total cash consideration of $34 million and recorded an $18 million gain on the sale to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. This disposition did not qualify to be classified as a discontinued operation.

In February 2014, we completed the acquisition of Harris Interactive, Inc., a leading global market research firm, through the purchase of all outstanding shares of Harris Interactive’s common stock. In June 2014, we completed the sale of Harris Interactive European operations (“Harris Europe”) to ITWP Acquisitions Limited (“ITWP”), the parent company of Toluna, a leading digital market research and technology company in exchange for a minority stake in ITWP. The consolidated statements of operations reflect the operating results of Harris Europe as a discontinued operation.

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

2014

 

Revenue

 

 

$

15

 

Operating income

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

Income from operations before income taxes

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale, net of tax

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

$

 

 

There were no results from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Foreign Currency

Our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars and are therefore subject to the impact of movements in exchange rates on the translation of the financial information of individual businesses whose functional currencies are other than U.S. dollars. Our principal foreign exchange revenue exposure is spread across several currencies, primarily the Euro. The table below sets forth the profile of our revenue by principal currency.

 

 

Year ended
December 31,
2016

 

 

Year ended
December 31,
2015

 

 

Year ended
December 31,
2014

 

U.S. Dollar

 

61

%

 

 

60

%

 

 

56

%

Euro

 

9

%

 

 

9

%

 

 

11

%

Other Currencies

 

30

%

 

 

31

%

 

 

33

%

Total

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

As a result, fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar impact our operating results. Impacts associated with fluctuations in foreign currency are discussed in more detail under “Item 7A.—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.” In countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using end-of-period exchange rates; revenues, expenses and cash flows are translated using average rates of exchange. The average U.S. dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.11 to €1.00, $1.11 to €1.00 and $1.33 to €1.00 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Constant currency growth rates used in the following discussion of results of operations eliminate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations.

We evaluate our results of operations on both an as reported and a constant currency basis. The constant currency presentation, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, excludes the impact of year-over-year fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We believe providing constant currency information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our results of operations, thereby facilitating period-to-period comparisons of our business performance and is consistent with how management evaluates the Company’s performance. We calculate constant currency percentages by converting our prior-period local currency financial results using the current period exchange rates and comparing these adjusted amounts to our current period reported results. This calculation may differ from similarly-titled measures used by others and, accordingly, the constant currency presentation is not meant to be a substitution for recorded amounts presented in conformity with GAAP nor should such amounts be considered in isolation.

35


 

Results of Operations – Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts included in our consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Revenues

 

$

6,309

 

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

6,288

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

2,539

 

 

 

2,620

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

1,851

 

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

1,917

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

603

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

573

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

105

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

89

 

Operating income

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

1,089

 

Interest income

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

Interest expense

 

 

(333

)

 

 

(311

)

 

 

(300

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(71

)

Other income/(expense), net

 

 

8

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

(100

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

816

 

 

 

961

 

 

 

621

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(309

)

 

 

(383

)

 

 

(236

)

Equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(4

)

Net income

 

 

507

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

381

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(3

)

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

502

 

 

$

570

 

 

$

384

 

 

Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss from our consolidated statements of operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, restructuring charges, stock-based compensation expense and other non-operating items from our consolidated statements of operations as well as certain other items considered outside the normal course of our continuing operations specifically described below.

Restructuring charges: We exclude restructuring expenses, which primarily include employee severance, office consolidation and contract termination charges, from our Adjusted EBITDA to allow more accurate comparisons of the financial results to historical operations and forward-looking guidance. By excluding these expenses from our non-GAAP measures, we are better able to evaluate our ability to utilize our existing assets and estimate the long-term value these assets will generate for us. Furthermore, we believe that the adjustments of these items more closely correlate with the sustainability of our operating performance.

Stock-based compensation expense: We exclude the impact of costs relating to stock-based compensation. Due to the subjective assumptions and a variety of award types, we believe that the exclusion of stock-based compensation expense, which is typically non-cash, allows for more meaningful comparisons of our operating results to peer companies. Stock-based compensation expense can vary significantly based on the timing, size and nature of awards granted.

Other non-operating income/(expense), net: We exclude foreign currency exchange transaction gains and losses primarily related to intercompany financing arrangements as well as other non-operating income and expense items, such as gains and losses recorded on business combinations or dispositions, sales of investments and early redemption payments made in connection with debt refinancing. We believe that the adjustments of these items more closely correlate with the sustainability of our operating performance.

Other items: To measure operating performance we exclude certain expenses and gains that arise outside the ordinary course of our continuing operations. Such costs primarily include legal settlements, acquisition related expenses and business optimization costs. We believe the exclusion of such amounts allows management and the users of the financial statements to better understand our financial results.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the term Adjusted EBITDA may vary from the use of similarly-titled measures by others in our industry due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation and differences due to items subject to interpretation.

36


 

We use Adjusted EBITDA to measure our performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within our operating segments, to evaluate and fund incentive compensation programs and to compare our results to those of our competitors. In addition to Adjusted EBITDA being a significant measure of performance for management purposes, we also believe that this presentation provides useful information to investors regarding financial and business trends related to our results of operations and that when non-GAAP financial information is viewed with GAAP financial information, investors are provided with a more meaningful understanding of our ongoing operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income or loss, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

The below table presents a reconciliation from net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

507

 

 

$

575

 

 

$

381

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

329

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

297

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

309

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

236

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

603

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

573

 

EBITDA

 

 

1,748

 

 

 

1,839

 

 

 

1,487

 

Equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

Other non-operating (income)/expense, net

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(175

)

 

 

171

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

105

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

89

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

51

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

47

 

Other items(a)

 

 

36

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

39

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

1,938

 

 

$

1,858

 

 

$

1,837

 

0

 

(a)

For the year ended December 31, 2016, other items primarily consist of business optimization costs. For the year ended December 31, 2015, other items consist of a $36 million donation to the Nielsen Foundation, $14 million charge for the partial settlement of certain U.S. pension plan participants, and business optimization costs. For the year ended December 31, 2014, other items primarily consist of business optimization costs.  

Consolidated Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

Revenues increased 2.2% to $6,309 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $6,172 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, or an increase of 4.1% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 1.9% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues within our Buy segment decreased 0.7%, or an increase of 2.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 3.0% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues within our Watch segment increased 5.7%, or 6.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.6% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Refer to the “Business Segment Results” section for further discussion of our revenue performance.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues increased 2.7% to $2,607 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $2,539 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, or an increase of 5.0% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 1.1%, or an increase of 2.4% on a constant currency basis.  Excluding a 3.3% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, cost of revenues increased due to the continued global investments in our services.

Costs within our Watch segment increased 9.0%, or 9.8% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.8% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, cost of revenues increased due to higher spending on product portfolio management initiatives, including our digital and Marketing Effectiveness product offerings.

37


 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 3.3% to $1,851 for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $1,915 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, or a decrease of 1.2% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.1% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 0.2%, or an increase of 2.7% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 2.9% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to continued global investments associated with our services.

Costs within our Watch segment decreased 2.7%, or a decrease of 1.8% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 0.9% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased due to the impact of productivity initiatives.

Corporate costs decreased by $47 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, primarily due to a $36 million donation to the Nielsen Foundation and a $14 million charge for the partial settlement of certain U.S. pension plans for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $603 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $574 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciation and amortization expense associated with assets acquired in business combinations and higher capital expenditures.

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangibles assets acquired in business combinations increased to $210 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $205 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.  

Restructuring Charges

We recorded $105 million and $51 million in restructuring charges primarily related to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives and contract termination costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Operating Income

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $1,143 million compared to operating income of $1,093 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Operating income within our Buy segment decreased to $331 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $369 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Operating income within our Watch segment increased to $935 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $880 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Corporate operating expenses decreased to $123 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $333 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $311 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase is primarily due to higher average debt balances due to the incurrence of an additional $500 million in senior secured term loan in 2016 and higher USD LIBOR senior secured term loan interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction Losses, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net, represent the net loss on revaluation of certain cash, external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar, particularly the Euro, have a significant effect on our operating results. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.11 to €1.00 for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  

We realized net losses of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, resulting primarily from fluctuations in certain foreign currencies associated with intercompany transactions and the loss of $5 million from the revaluation of our U.S.-denominated debt and cash held in EURO functional entities, partially offset by a gain of $1 million associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments.

38


 

We realized net losses of $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, resulting primarily from the revaluation of our U.S. denominated debt and cash held in Euro functional currency entities of $14 million, the devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivars of $8 million as discussed in the “Foreign Currency” section of “Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results”, as well as the fluctuations in certain foreign currencies associated with intercompany transactions, partially offset by a gain of $2 million associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments.

Other Income/(expense), Net

Other income, net of $8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 is primarily related to the gain of $14 million on the disposition of Claritas partially offset by the loss of $4 million related to certain costs incurred in connection with the B-3 term loan refinancing.

Other income, net of $206 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 is primarily related to the gains recorded from the step acquisition of NCS in the amount of $158 million, sale of an equity investment in the amount of $30 million and the disposition of NRG in the amount of $18 million.

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Income was $816 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $961 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 due primarily to the consolidated results mentioned above.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 38% and 40%, respectively.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 was higher than the UK statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, the effect of global licensing activities, withholding and foreign taxes as well as state and local income taxes, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities, windfall tax benefits from stock option exercises and releases of uncertain tax positions. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was higher than the UK statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, the effect of global licensing activities, withholding and foreign taxes as well as state and local income taxes, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities and foreign distributions.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had gross uncertain tax positions of $432 million and $461 million, respectively. We also have accrued interest and penalties associated with these uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 of $33 million and $34 million, respectively.

Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of our provision or benefit for income taxes. It is reasonably possible that a reduction in a range of $12 million to $20 million of uncertain tax positions may occur within the next twelve months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are lower and earnings being higher than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are higher, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased 4.3% to $1,938 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $1,858 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, or 5.2% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.9% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 30.72% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 30.10% for the year ended December 31, 2015. See “Results of Operations – Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014” for the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

39


 

Consolidated Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenues

Revenues decreased 1.8% to $6,172 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $6,288 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 5.0% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 6.8% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues within our Buy segment decreased 5.1%, or an increase of 5.0% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 10.1% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Revenues within our Watch segment increased 2.2%, or 4.9% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.7% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Refer to the “Business Segment Results” section for further discussion of our revenue performance.

Cost of Revenues, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of revenues decreased 3.1% to $2,539 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2,620 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 3.7% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 6.8% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 5.9%, or an increase of 3.5% on a constant currency basis.  Excluding a 9.4% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, cost of revenues increased due to the continued global investments in our services.

Costs within our Watch segment increased 1.5%, or 4.5% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 3.0% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, cost of revenues increased due to higher spending on product portfolio management initiatives, including our digital and Marketing Effectiveness product offerings.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 0.1% to $1,915 for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $1,917 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 7.4% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 7.5% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Costs within our Buy segment decreased 3.7%, or an increase of 5.7% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 9.4% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to continued global investments associated with our services.

Costs within our Watch segment decreased 2.8%, or an increase of 0.4% on a constant currency basis. Excluding a 3.2% favorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, selling, general and administrative expenses increased due to increased investment in product development initiatives, partially offset by Arbitron integration activities that occurred in the second half of 2014.

Corporate costs increased by $62 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily due to a $36 million donation to the Nielsen Foundation and a $14 million charge for the partial settlement of certain U.S. pension plans.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense was $574 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $573 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Depreciation and amortization expense associated with tangible and intangibles assets acquired in business combinations increased to $205 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $204 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

Restructuring Charges

We recorded $51 million in restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2015, primarily related to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives.

We recorded $89 million in restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily related to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives.

40


 

Operating Income

Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $1,093 million compared to operating income of $1,089 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Operating income within our Buy segment increased to $369 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $358 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Operating income within our Watch segment increased to $880 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $836 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Corporate operating expenses increased to $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $105 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $311 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $300 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase is primarily related to the higher debt balances due to the issuance of $750 million 5.00% Senior Notes in February 2015 partially offset by the partial refinancing of the 7.75% Senior Notes in April 2014 and the refinancing of the remaining 7.75% Senior Notes in July 2014.

Foreign Currency Exchange Transaction Losses, Net

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net, represent the net loss on revaluation of certain cash, external debt, intercompany loans and other receivables and payables. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar, particularly the Euro, have a significant effect on our operating results. The average U.S. Dollar to Euro exchange rate was $1.11 to €1.00 and $1.33 to €1.00 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

We realized net losses of $31 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, resulting primarily from the revaluation of our U.S. denominated debt and cash held in Euro functional currency entities of $14 million, the devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivars of $8 million as discussed in the “Foreign Currency” section of “Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results”, as well as the fluctuations in certain foreign currencies associated with intercompany transactions, partially offset by a gain of $2 million associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments.

We incurred $71 million in net foreign currency exchange losses for the year ended December 31, 2014, resulting primarily from changes to the Venezuelan exchange rate mechanisms as discussed in the “Foreign Currency” section of “Factors Affecting Nielsen’s Financial Results” as well as the fluctuation in U.S. dollar to Euro exchange rate associated with our European revolving credit facility and the fluctuations in certain foreign currencies associated with intercompany transactions.

Other Income/(Expense), Net

Other income, net of $206 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 is primarily related to the gains recorded from the step acquisition of NCS in the amount of $158 million, sale of an equity investment in the amount of $30 million and the disposition of NRG in the amount of $18 million.

Other expense, net of $100 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 is primarily related to the “make-whole” premium associated with the redemption of our 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018, as well as the write-off of certain previously capitalized debt financing fees associated with the Class D and E term loans and certain costs incurred in connection with the refinancings.

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

Income was $961 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $621 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 due primarily to the consolidated results mentioned above.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were 40% and 38%, respectively.

The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was higher than the UK statutory rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, the effect of global licensing activities, withholding and foreign taxes as well as state and local income taxes, offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities and foreign distributions. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was higher than the statutory expense rate as a result of the impact of tax rate differences in other jurisdictions where the Company files tax returns, the effect of global licensing activities and foreign distributions, withholding and foreign taxes as well as state and local income taxes offset by the favorable impact of certain financing activities.

41


 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had gross uncertain tax positions of $461 million and $452 million, respectively. We also have accrued interest and penalties associated with these uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 of $34 million and $41 million, respectively.

Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of our provision or benefit for income taxes. It is reasonably possible that a reduction in a range of $42 million to $74 million of uncertain tax positions may occur within the next twelve months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes.

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are lower and earnings being higher than anticipated in countries where statutory rates are higher, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA increased 1.1% to $1,858 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $1,837 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or 7.2% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 6.1% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 30.10% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 29.21% for the year ended December 31, 2014. See “Results of Operations – Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014” for the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

Business Segment Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2016

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2015

 

 

% Variance
2016 vs. 2015
Reported

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2015
Constant
Currency

 

 

% Variance
2016 vs. 2015
Constant 

Currency

 

Emerging Markets

 

$

1,063

 

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

1.8

%

 

 

979

 

 

 

8.6

%

Developed Markets

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

2,110

 

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

 

2,077

 

 

 

0.9

%

Core Buy

 

 

3,159

 

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

3,056

 

 

 

3.4

%

Corporate

 

 

163

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

(14.7

)%

 

 

191

 

 

 

(14.7

)%

Buy Segment

 

$

3,322

 

 

$

3,345

 

 

 

(0.7

)%

 

$

3,247

 

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing Effectiveness

 

$

287

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

14.3

%

 

 

247

 

 

 

16.2

%

Audio

 

 

500

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

503

 

 

 

(0.6

)%

Audience Measurement (Video and Text)

 

 

1,978

 

 

$

1,840

 

 

 

7.5

%

 

$

1,827

 

 

 

8.3

%

Core Watch

 

 

2,765

 

 

 

2,595

 

 

 

6.6

%

 

 

2,577

 

 

 

7.3

%

Corporate/Other Watch

 

 

222

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

(4.3

)%

 

 

234

 

 

 

(5.1

)%

Watch Segment

 

 

2,987

 

 

 

2,827

 

 

 

5.7

%

 

 

2,811

 

 

 

6.3

%

Total Core (Buy/Watch)

 

 

5,924

 

 

 

5,749

 

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

5,633

 

 

 

5.2

%

Total

 

$

6,309

 

 

$

6,172

 

 

 

2.2

%

 

$

6,058

 

 

 

4.1

%

 

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues decreased 0.7% to $3,322 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $3,345 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, or an increase of 2.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 3.0% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Revenues from emerging markets increased 1.8% to $1,063 million, or an increase of 8.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 6.8% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was driven by our continued commitment to invest in coverage, which resulted in broad based demand for our services with both our multinational and local clients.  For the year ended December 31, 2016, these investments drove double-digit growth in South East Asia along with high single-digit growth in Latin America, Eastern Europe and China and mid single-digit growth in India.

42


 

Revenues from developed markets decreased 0.7% to $2,096 million, or an increase of 0.9% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 1.6% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenues increased as a result of modest strength in Western Europe, partially offset by softness in our U.S. market.

Revenues from Corporate Buy decreased 14.7% to $163 million on an actual and constant currency basis. Corporate includes slow growth and non-core services that are part of portfolio pruning initiatives.

Watch Segment Revenues  

Revenues increased 5.7% to $2,987 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $2,827 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 or an increase of 6.3% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 0.6% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was primarily driven by growth in Audience Measurement of Video and Text, which increased 7.5% (8.3% on a constant currency basis) due to our ongoing investments and continued client adoption of our Total Audience Measurement systems. Audio revenues decreased 0.8% on a reported basis or 0.6% on a constant currency basis. Our Marketing Effectiveness offerings grew 14.3% (16.2% on a constant currency basis), due to our investments in our product portfolio and client’s growing demand for our advertising ROI and precision targeting tools. Corporate/Other Watch revenues decreased by 4.3% (5.1% on a constant currency basis) due to the sale of the National Research Group, Inc., which was completed in the fourth quarter of 2015. Our Core Watch services grew 6.6%, or 7.3% on a constant currency basis.

Business Segment Profitability

We do not allocate items below operating income/(loss) to our business segments and therefore the tables below set forth a reconciliation of operating income/(loss) at the business segment level for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, adjusting for certain items affecting operating income/(loss), such as restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain other items described below resulting in a presentation of our non-GAAP business segment profitability. Non-GAAP business segment profitability provides useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding financial and business trends related to our results of operations. When this non-GAAP financial information is viewed with our GAAP financial information, investors are provided with a meaningful understanding of our ongoing operating performance. It is important to note that the non-GAAP business segment profitability corresponds in total to our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA described within our consolidated results of operations above, which our chief operating decision making group and other members of management use to measure our performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within our operating segments, to evaluate and fund incentive compensation programs and to compare our results to those of our competitors. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. These non-GAAP measures may differ from similarly-titled measures used by others and have important limitations as analytical tools. Accordingly, they should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

2016 (IN MILLIONS)

 

Operating
Income/
(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

 

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

 

Other Items(1)

 

 

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

 

$

331

 

 

$

61

 

 

$

212

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

623

 

Watch

 

 

935

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,352

 

Corporate and Eliminations

 

 

(123

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

(37

)

Total Nielsen

 

$

1,143

 

 

$

105

 

 

$

603

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

36

 

 

$

1,938

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

2015 (IN MILLIONS)

 

Operating
Income/
(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

 

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

 

Other Items(1)

 

 

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

 

$

369

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

207

 

 

$

15

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

624

 

Watch

 

 

880

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,269

 

Corporate and Eliminations

 

 

(156

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

(35

)

Total Nielsen

 

$

1,093

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

574

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

1,858

 

 

 

(1)

For the years ended December 31, 2016, other items consist of primarily of business optimization costs. For the years ended December 31, 2015, other items consist of a $36 million donation to the Nielsen Foundation, $14 million charge for the partial settlement of certain U.S. pension plans, and business optimization costs. 

43


 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2016

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2015

 

 

% Variance
2016 vs. 2015
Reported

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2015
Constant Currency

 

 

% Variance
2016 vs. 2015
Constant Currency

 

Non-GAAP Business Segment Income/(Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

623

 

 

$

624

 

 

 

(0.2

)%

 

$

613

 

 

 

1.6

%

Watch

 

 

1,352

 

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

6.5

%

 

 

1,264

 

 

 

7.0

%

Corporate and Eliminations

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

NA

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

NA

 

Total Nielsen

 

$

1,938

 

 

$

1,858

 

 

 

4.3

%

 

$

1,842

 

 

 

5.2

%

 

Buy Segment Profitability

Operating income was $331 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $369 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease was driven by the revenue performance discussed above, higher restructuring charges and an increase in depreciation and amortization expense. Non-GAAP business segment income increased 1.6% on a constant currency basis.

Watch Segment Profitability

Operating income was $935 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $880 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was driven by the revenue performance discussed above, partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization expense and restructuring charges. Non-GAAP business segment income increased 7.0% on a constant currency basis.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

Operating expenses were $123 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to decreases in other items outlined in the table above partially offset by the increase in restructuring charges in 2016.    

Business Segment Results for the Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenues

The table below sets forth our segment revenue performance data for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, both on an as-reported and constant currency basis.

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2015

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2014

 

 

% Variance
2015 vs. 2014
Reported

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2014
Constant
Currency

 

 

% Variance
2015 vs. 2014
Constant 

Currency

 

Emerging Markets

 

$

1,044

 

 

$

1,133

 

 

 

(7.9

)%

 

$

962

 

 

 

8.5

%

Developed Markets

 

 

2,110

 

 

 

2,200

 

 

 

(4.1

)%

 

 

2,038

 

 

 

3.5

%

Core Buy

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

3,333

 

 

 

(5.4

)%

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

5.1

%

Corporate

 

 

191

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

186

 

 

 

2.7

%

Buy Segment

 

$

3,345

 

 

$

3,523

 

 

 

(5.1

)%

 

$

3,186

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing Effectiveness

 

 

251

 

 

 

215

 

 

 

16.7

%

 

 

210

 

 

 

19.5

%

Audio

 

 

504

 

 

 

498

 

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

498

 

 

 

1.2

%

Audience Measurement (Video and Text)

 

 

1,840

 

 

 

1,784

 

 

 

3.1

%

 

 

1,729

 

 

 

6.4

%

Core Watch

 

 

2,595

 

 

 

2,497

 

 

 

3.9

%

 

 

2,437

 

 

 

6.5

%

Corporate/Other Watch

 

 

232

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

(13.4

)%

 

 

257

 

 

 

(9.7

)%

Watch Segment

 

 

2,827

 

 

 

2,765

 

 

 

2.2

%

 

 

2,694

 

 

 

4.9

%

Total Core (Buy/Watch)

 

 

5,749

 

 

 

5.830

 

 

 

(1.4

)%

 

 

5,437

 

 

 

5.7

%

Total

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

6,288

 

 

 

(1.8

)%

 

$

5,880

 

 

 

5.0

%

 

44


 

Buy Segment Revenues

Revenues decreased 5.1% to $3,345 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3,523 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, or an increase of 5.0% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 10.1% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Revenues from emerging markets decreased 7.9% to $1,044 million, or an increase of 8.5% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 16.4% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was driven by broad-based demand for our services from both our multinational and local client bases with double-digit growth in Latin America, Africa, Middle East and Greater China.

Revenues from developed markets decreased 4.1% to $2,110 million, or an increase of 3.5% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 7.6% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenue grew as a result of continued investments in products such as advanced analytics, segmentation and innovation as well as growth in our subscription-based products.

Revenues from Corporate Buy increased 0.5% to $191 million, or an increase of 2.7% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.2% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Corporate includes slow growth and non-core services that are part of portfolio pruning initiatives.

Watch Segment Revenues  

Revenues increased 2.2% to $2,827 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $2,765 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 or an increase of 4.9% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.7% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates, revenue growth was driven by growth in Audience Measurement (video and text), which increased 3.1%, or 6.4% on a constant currency basis, due to the resilience in our core television audience measurement, our investments in eXelate and NCS, as well as our continued investment in digital. Our Marketing Effectiveness offerings grew 16.7%, or 19.5% on a constant currency basis, as we continue to invest in the product portfolio while meeting the market’s growing demand for our Marketing ROI products. However, this gain was partially offset by a decrease of 13.4%, or 9.7% on a constant currency basis, in our Corporate/Other Watch products as we continue to run off the legacy online rankings product and exit non-core media analytics products. Our Core Watch services grew 3.9%, or 6.5% on a constant currency basis.

45


 

Business Segment Profitability

We do not allocate items below operating income/(loss) to our business segments and therefore the tables below set forth a reconciliation of operating income/(loss) at the business segment level for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, adjusting for certain items affecting operating income/(loss), such as restructuring charges, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and certain other items described below resulting in a presentation of our non-GAAP business segment profitability. Non-GAAP business segment profitability provides useful supplemental information to management and investors regarding financial and business trends related to our results of operations. When this non-GAAP financial information is viewed with our GAAP financial information, investors are provided with a meaningful understanding of our ongoing operating performance. It is important to note that the non-GAAP business segment profitability corresponds in total to our consolidated Adjusted EBITDA described within our consolidated results of operations above, which our chief operating decision making group and other members of management use to measure our performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within our operating segments, to evaluate and fund incentive compensation programs and to compare our results to those of our competitors. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flows from operating activities or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP as measures of operating performance or cash flows as measures of liquidity. These non-GAAP measures may differ from similarly-titled measures used by others and have important limitations as analytical tools. Accordingly, they should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

2015 (IN MILLIONS)

 

Operating
Income/
(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

 

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

 

Other Items(1)

 

 

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

 

$

369

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

207

 

 

$

15

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

624

 

Watch

 

 

880

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,269

 

Corporate and Eliminations

 

 

(156

)

 

 

5

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

(35

)

Total Nielsen

 

$

1,093

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

574

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

1,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

2014 (IN MILLIONS)

 

Operating
Income/
(Loss)

 

 

Restructuring
Charges

 

 

Depreciation and
Amortization

 

 

Stock-Based
Compensation
Expense

 

 

Other Items(1)

 

 

Non-GAAP
Business Segment
Income/(Loss)

 

Buy

 

$

358

 

 

$

64

 

 

$

224

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

658

 

Watch

 

 

836

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

343

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

1,214

 

Corporate and Eliminations

 

 

(105

)

 

 

11

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

(35

)

Total Nielsen

 

$

1,089

 

 

$

89

 

 

$

573

 

 

$

47

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

1,837

 

 

 

 

(1)

For the years ended December 31, 2015, other items consist of a $36 million donation to the Nielsen Foundation, $14 million charge for the partial settlement of certain U.S. pension plans, and business optimization costs. For the year ended December 31, 2014, other items primarily consist of business optimization costs. 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2015

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2014

 

 

% Variance
2015vs. 2014
Reported

 

 

Year Ended
December 31, 2014
Constant Currency

 

 

% Variance
2015 vs. 2014
Constant Currency

 

Non-GAAP Business Segment Income/(Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

624

 

 

$

658

 

 

 

(5.2

)%

 

$

579

 

 

 

7.8

%

Watch

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

1,214

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

1,190

 

 

 

6.6

%

Corporate and Eliminations

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

NA

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

NA

 

Total Nielsen

 

$

1,858

 

 

$

1,837

 

 

 

1.1

%

 

$

1,734

 

 

 

7.2

%

 

Buy Segment Profitability

Operating income was $369 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $358 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as the decrease in revenue mentioned above was more than offset by lower restructuring charges and a decrease in depreciation and amortization expense. Non-GAAP business segment income increased 7.8% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 13.0% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

46


 

Watch Segment Profitability

Operating income was $880 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $836 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was driven by the revenue performance discussed above, as well as a decrease in non-recurring costs, outlined in the table above, partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization expense. Non-GAAP business segment income increased 6.6% on a constant currency basis, excluding a 2.1% unfavorable impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Corporate Expenses and Eliminations

Operating expenses were $156 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $105 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily due to increases in non-recurring costs outlined in the table above.    

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flows from operations provided a source of funds of $1,296 million, $1,209 million and $1,093 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. This increase was driven primarily by the Adjusted EBITDA performance discussed above and our focus on working capital management, partially offset by our $36 million cash contribution to the Nielsen Foundation during the year ended December 31, 2016 and higher interest payments during the year ended December 31, 2016 based on a higher debt balance and higher USD LIBOR senior secured term loan interest rates.

We provide for additional liquidity through several sources, including maintaining an adequate cash balance, access to global funding sources and a committed revolving credit facility. The following table provides a summary of the major sources of liquidity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

$

1,296

 

 

$

1,209

 

 

$

1,093

 

Cash and short-term marketable securities

 

$

754

 

 

$

357

 

 

$

273

 

Revolving credit facility

 

$

575

 

 

$

575

 

 

$

575

 

 

Of the $754 million in cash and cash equivalents, approximately $515 million was held in jurisdictions outside the U.S. and as a result there may be tax consequences if such amounts were moved out of these jurisdictions or repatriated to the U.S. We regularly review the amount of cash and cash equivalents held outside of the U.S. to determine the amounts necessary to fund the current operations of our foreign operations and their growth initiatives and amounts needed to service our U.S. indebtedness and related obligations.

The below table illustrates our weighted average interest rate and cash paid for interest over the last three years.

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

4.04

%

 

 

4.04

%

 

 

3.79

%

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized (in millions)

 

$

319

 

 

$

296

 

 

$

294

 

 

Our contractual obligations, commitments and debt service requirements over the next several years are significant. We believe we will have available resources to meet both our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements, including our senior secured debt service. We expect the cash flow from our operations, combined with existing cash and amounts available under the revolving credit facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations, dividend payments and capital spending over the next year. In addition, we may, from time to time, purchase, repay, redeem or retire any of our outstanding debt securities (including any publicly issued debt securities) in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

47


 

Long-term borrowings

The following table provides a summary of our outstanding long-term borrowings as of December 31, 2016:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Weighted
Interest
Rate

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

$2,080 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.65%) due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,768

 

$1,900 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.15% ) due 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,892

 

€380 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 2.11%) due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

399

 

Total senior secured credit facilities (with weighted average interest rate)

 

 

2.95

%

 

$

4,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$800 million 4.50% senior debenture loan due 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

794

 

$625 million 5.50% senior debenture loan due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

618

 

$2,300 million 5.00% senior debenture loan due 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,285

 

Total debenture loans (with weighted average interest rate)

 

 

5.22

%

 

$

3,697

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

4.04

%

 

$

7,763

 

Capital lease and other financing obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

Bank overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Total debt and other financing arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,926

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease and other financing obligations and other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease and other financing obligations

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,733

 

 

Term Loan Facilities

In April 2014, certain of our subsidiaries entered into the Fourth Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”, and as subsequently amended, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement provides for term loan facilities as shown in the table above.

In March 2016, we entered into an amendment to our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, providing for additional Class A Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million, maturing in full in April 2019 (the “Additional Class A Term Loans”). The Additional Class A Term Loans are required to be repaid in quarterly installments ranging from 1.369% to 4.11% of the original principal amount (as may be reduced as a result of voluntary prepayments), with the balance payable on the maturity date. The Additional Class A Term Loans bear interest equal to, at our election, a base rate or eurocurrency rate, in each case plus an applicable margin which ranges from 0.50% to 1.25% (in the case of base rate loans) or 1.50% to 2.25% (in the case of eurocurrency rate loans).  The specific applicable margin is determined by our total leverage ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement).  This amendment was accounted for as a modification of the Amended Credit Agreement.

In October 2016, we entered into a second amendment to our Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, providing for (i) an incremental facility of Class B-2 Euro Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of €380 million, the proceeds of which were used to replace or refinance the existing Class B-2 Euro Term Loans and to repay certain other indebtedness, and (ii) a new class of term loans, Class B-3 Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900 million, the proceeds of which were used to replace or refinance in full a like amount of our applicable existing Class B-1 Term Loans that were maturing in May 2017 and Class B-2 Dollar Term Loans that were maturing in April 2021 and to repay certain other indebtedness.

 

The incremental Class B-2 Euro Term Loans will mature in full in April 2021 and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of incremental Class B-2 Euro Term Loans, with the balance payable in April 2021. The Class B-3 Term Loans will mature in full in October 2023 and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of Class B-3 Term Loans, with the balance payable in October 2023.

48


 

 

Class B-2 Euro Term Loans will bear interest equal to the Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin, which is equal to 2.50%. Class B-3 Term Loans bear interest equal to, at our election, a base rate or eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin, which is equal to 2.50% (in the case of eurocurrency loans) or 1.50% (in the case of base rate loans). This amendment was accounted for as a modification of the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains the same affirmative and negative covenants as those of the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement prior to the 2016 amendments.

Obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by TNC B.V., substantially all of the wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V. and certain of the non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries of TNC B.V., and are secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets of the U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V. and by a pledge of substantially all of the capital stock of the guarantors, the capital stock of substantially all of the U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V., and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of the non-U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V. Under a separate security agreement, substantially all of the assets of TNC B.V. are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.

Covenants

The Amended Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries (which together constitute most of our subsidiaries) to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business they conduct. These entities are restricted, subject to certain exceptions, in their ability to transfer their net assets to us. Such restricted net assets amounted to approximately $4.2 billion at December 31, 2016. In addition, these entities are subject to a total leverage covenant. The leverage ratio requires that we not permit the ratio of total net debt (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) at the end of any calendar quarter to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) for the four quarters then ended to exceed a specified threshold. The maximum permitted ratio is 5.50 to 1.00. Neither we nor TNC B.V. is currently bound by any financial or negative covenants contained in the Amended Credit Agreement. The Amended Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Certain significant financial covenants are described further below.

Failure to comply with this financial covenant would result in an event of default under our Amended Credit Agreement unless waived by certain of our term lenders and our revolving lenders. An event of default under our Amended Credit Agreement can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facilities, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing our debt securities as well. As our failure to comply with the financial covenant described above can cause us to go into default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, management believes that our Amended Credit Agreement and this covenant are material to us. As of December 31, 2016, we were in full compliance with the financial covenant described above.

Pursuant to our Amended Credit Agreement, we are subject to making mandatory prepayments on the term loans within our Amended Credit Agreement to the extent in any full calendar year we generate Excess Cash Flow (“ECF”), as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement. The percentage of ECF that must be applied as a repayment is a function of several factors, including our ratio of total net debt to Covenant EBITDA, as well other adjustments, including any voluntary term loan repayments made in the course of the calendar year. To the extent any mandatory repayment is required pursuant to this ECF clause; such payment must generally occur on or around the time of the delivery of the annual consolidated financial statements to the lenders. At December 31, 2016, our ratio of total net debt to Covenant EBITDA was less than 5.00 to 1.00 and therefore no mandatory repayment was required. Our next ECF measurement date will occur upon completion of the 2017 results, and although we do not expect to be required to issue any mandatory repayments in 2018 or beyond, it is uncertain at this time if any such payments will be required in future periods.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Amended Credit Agreement also contains a senior secured revolving credit facility under which Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can borrow revolving loans. The revolving credit facility can also be used for letters of credit, guarantees and swingline loans. The existing revolving credit facility has commitments of $575 million with a final maturity of April 2019.

49


 

The senior secured revolving credit facility is provided under the Amended Credit Agreement and so contains covenants and restrictions as noted under the “Term loan facilities” section above. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the same entities that guarantee obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement and Senior Secured Loan Agreement.

As of December 31, 2016, we had zero borrowings outstanding and outstanding letters of credit of $6 million.  As of December 31, 2015, we had $164 million of borrowings outstanding and outstanding letters of credit of $7 million. As of December 31, 2016, we had $569 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

Debenture Loans

The indentures governing certain of our debenture loans limit the majority of our subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, we are required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Nielsen Holdings plc, substantially all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Nielsen Holdings plc, and certain of the non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen Holdings plc.

 

Subsequent Event

In January 2017, we completed the issuance of $500 million aggregated principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes due 2025 at par, with cash proceeds of approximately $495 million, net of fees and expenses.

Dividends and Share Repurchase Program

We remain committed to driving shareholder value as evidenced in 2013 with the adoption of a quarterly cash dividend policy by our board of directors, under which we have paid $434 million and $408 million in cash dividends during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will be subject to the board’s continuing determination that the dividend policy and the declaration of dividends thereunder are in the best interests of our shareholders, and are in compliance with all laws and agreements to which we are subject.  The below table summarizes the dividends declared on our common stock during 2015 and 2016.

 

Declaration Date

 

 

Record Date

 

 

Payment Date

 

 

Dividend Per Share

 

February 19, 2015

 

 

 

March 5, 2015

 

 

 

March 19, 2015

 

 

$

0.25

 

April 20, 2015

 

 

 

June 4, 2015

 

 

 

June 18, 2015

 

 

$

0.28

 

July 23, 2015

 

 

 

August 27, 2015

 

 

 

September 10, 2015

 

 

$

0.28

 

October 29, 2015

 

 

 

November 24, 2015

 

 

 

December 8, 2015

 

 

$

0.28

 

February 18, 2016

 

 

 

March 3, 2016

 

 

 

March 17, 2016

 

 

$

0.28

 

April 19, 2016

 

 

 

June 2, 2016

 

 

 

June 16, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

July 21, 2016

 

 

 

August 25, 2016

 

 

 

September 8, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

October 20, 2016

 

 

 

November 22, 2016

 

 

 

December 6, 2016

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

On February 16, 2017, our Board declared a cash dividend of $0.31 per share on our common stock.  The dividend is payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 2017.

Our Board approved a share repurchase program, as included in the below table, for up to $2 billion of our outstanding common stock. The primary purpose of the program is to return value to shareholders and to mitigate dilution associated with our equity compensation plans.

 

Board Approval

 

Share

Repurchase

Authorization

($ in millions)

 

July 25, 2013

 

$

500

 

October 23, 2014

 

 

1,000

 

December 11, 2015

 

 

500

 

Total Share Repurchase Authorization

 

$

2,000

 

 

50


 

Repurchases under these plans are made in accordance with applicable securities laws from time to time in the open market or otherwise depending on our evaluation of market conditions and other factors. This program has been executed within the limitations of the existing authority granted at our Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in 2014, 2015 and 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, there have been 33,837,526 shares of our common stock purchased at an average price of $46.16 per share (total consideration of approximately $1,562 million) under this program.

The following table provides a summary of share repurchase program activity through December 31, 2016.

 

Period

 

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased

 

 

Average Price
Paid per Share

 

 

Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

 

 

Dollar Value of
Shares that may
yet be Purchased
under the Plans
or Programs

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

25,762,411

 

 

$

44.43

 

 

 

25,762,411

 

 

$

855,495,985

2016 Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1- 31

 

 

628,054

 

 

$

45.62

 

 

 

628,054

 

 

$

826,841,315

February 1- 28

 

 

687,473

 

 

$

47.41

 

 

 

687,473

 

 

$

794,246,197

March 1- 31

 

 

429,617

 

 

$

51.48

 

 

 

429,617

 

 

$

772,128,085

April 1-30

 

 

1,368,352

 

 

$

52.91

 

 

 

1,368,352

 

 

$

699,730,694

May 1-31

 

 

1,320,614

 

 

$

52.23

 

 

 

1,320,614

 

 

$

630,761,673

June 1-30

 

 

1,478,685

 

 

$

53.84

 

 

 

1,478,685

 

 

$

551,145,264

July 1-31

 

 

1,286,936

 

 

$

53.66

 

 

 

1,286,936

 

 

$

482,094,449

August 1-31

 

 

224,800

 

 

$

53.61

 

 

 

224,800

 

 

$

470,042,455

September 1-30

 

 

183,968

 

 

$

53.01

 

 

 

183,968

 

 

$

460,290,434

October 1-31

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

51.73

 

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

453,051,573

November 1-30

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

46.17

 

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

437,970,016

December 1-31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

437,970,016

Total

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

46.16

 

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows 2016 versus 2015

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,296 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1,209 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was driven primarily by the Adjusted EBITDA performance discussed above and our focus on working capital management, partially offset by our $36 million cash contribution to the Nielsen Foundation during the year ended December 31, 2016 and higher interest payments during the year ended December 31, 2016 based on a higher debt balance and higher USD LIBOR senior secured term loan interest rates. Our key collections performance measure, days billing outstanding (DBO), decreased by 3 days for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to a 1 day increase for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $642 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $581 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily driven by increased acquisition payments and capital expenditures during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 2015.

Financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $248 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $492 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cash used in financing activities is primarily due to lower share repurchasing, as described in the “Dividends and Share Repurchase Program” section above, and increased net proceeds from the issuance and repayment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period of 2015, partially offset by higher dividend payments, as described in the “Dividends and Share Repurchase Program” section above, and an increase in capital lease financing during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period of 2015.

Cash Flows 2015 versus 2014

Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,209 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $1,093 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was driven by the Adjusted EBITDA performance described above, and improved working capital performance on the timing of customer and vendor payments. Our key collections performance measure, days billing outstanding (DBO), was flat for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a 1 day increase for the year ended December 31, 2014.

51


 

Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $581 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $732 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily driven by decreased acquisition payments during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to 2014 and proceeds received from the sale of an equity investment and a subsidiary during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Financing activities. Net cash used in financing activities was $492 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $585 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in cash used in financing activities is primarily due to increased net proceeds from the issuance and repayment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014, partially offset by the higher share repurchasing and dividend payments, as described in the “Dividends and Share Repurchase Program” section above, during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 2014.

Capital Expenditures

Investments in property, plant, equipment, software and other assets totaled $433 million, $408 million and $412 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, the Company received $42 million and $7 million of proceeds from the sale of certain property, plant and equipment and other assets during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Commitments and Contingencies

Outsourced Services Agreements

In February 2013, we amended our Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “MSA”), dated as of October 1, 2007, with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”). The term of the MSA has been extended for an additional three years, so as to expire on December 31, 2020, with a one-year renewal option granted to Nielsen. In addition, we have increased our commitment to purchase services from TCS (the “Minimum Commitment”) from $1.0 billion to $2.5 billion over the life of the contract (from October 1, 2007), including a commitment to purchase at least $100 million in services per year until calendar year 2020 when the per year commitment is reduced to $75 million, (the “Annual Commitment”). We met the Minimum Commitment in 2016. TCS’ charges under the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between the parties will be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will globally provide us with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, measurement sciences, analytics, and financial planning and analytics. As we order specific services under the Agreement, the parties will execute Statements of Work (“SOWs”) describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide us with the right to terminate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

Nielsen Foundation, Inc.

In November 2015, we established the Nielsen Foundation, Inc. (the “Foundation”) for charitable, educational, scientific, and literary purposes including the making of distributions to organizations that qualify as tax exempt organizations under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. The assets and transactions of the Foundation are not included in our consolidated financial statements. Donations to the Foundation are expensed when committed by us. In December 2015, our board of directors approved an unconditional donation of $36 million to the Foundation, at which time it was recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. In March 2016, we paid the cash contribution to the Foundation.

Other Contractual Obligations

Our other contractual obligations include capital lease obligations (including interest portion), facility leases, leases of certain computer and other equipment, agreements to purchase data and telecommunication services, the payment of principal and interest on debt and pension fund obligations.

52


 

At December 31, 2016, the minimum annual payments under these agreements and other contracts that had initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as listed in the following table. Due to the uncertainty with respect to the timing of future cash flows associated with our unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2016, we are unable to make reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of any potential cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities. Therefore, $465 million of unrecognized tax benefits (which includes interest and penalties of $33 million) have been excluded from the contractual obligations table below. See Note 14 – “Income Taxes” – to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion on income taxes.

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Total

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

Thereafter

 

Capital lease obligations(a)

 

$

193

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

30

 

 

$

21

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

33

 

Operating leases(b)

 

 

341

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

73

 

Other contractual obligations(c)

 

 

775

 

 

 

289

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

6

 

Long-term debt, including current portion(a)

 

 

7,763

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

1,397

 

 

 

814

 

 

 

1,021

 

 

 

4,110

 

Interest(d)

 

 

1,501

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

155

 

Pension fund obligations(e)

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

10,594

 

 

$

902

 

 

$

907

 

 

$

1,901

 

 

$

1,228

 

 

$

1,279

 

 

$

4,377

 

 

 

(a)

Our short-term and long-term debt obligations, including capital lease and other financing obligations, are described in Note 11 – “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” – to our consolidated financial statements.

(b)

Our operating lease obligations are described in Note 16 – “Commitments and Contingencies” – to our consolidated financial statements.

(c)

Other contractual obligations represent obligations under agreements, which are not unilaterally cancelable by us, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices. We generally require purchase orders for vendor and third party spending. The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing. Our remaining commitments as of December 31, 2016, under the outsourced services agreement with TCS have been included above based on the Annual Commitment minimum required payments.

(d)

Interest payments consist of interest on both fixed-rate and variable-rate debt based on LIBOR as of December 31, 2016.

(e)

Our contributions to pension and other post-retirement defined benefit plans were $21 million, $25 million and $35 million during 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Future minimum pension and other post-retirement benefits contributions are not determinable for time periods after 2017. See Note 10 – “Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits” – to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion on plan obligations.

Guarantees and Other Contingent Commitments

At December 31, 2016, we were committed under the following significant guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees. We provide sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which we guarantee     all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, we have not been required to perform under such arrangements, and do not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit. Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $6 million at December 31, 2016.

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

We are subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, we expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

53


 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”.  The new revenue recognition standard provides a five step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services and shall be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.  This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

In 2014, we established a cross-functional implementation team consisting of representatives from across all of our business segments. We utilized a bottoms-up approach to analyze the impact of the standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing our current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirements of the new standard to our revenue contracts. In addition, we identified, and are in the process of implementing appropriate changes to our business processes, systems and controls to support the recognition and disclosure under the new standard. Based on our preliminary assessment, we do not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We are continuing to assess which transition method we will use to adopt this ASU.

 

Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments

In January 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. The new standard was issued to amend the guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments. The new standard significantly revises an entity's accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value. The new standard also amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption for most of the provisions is not allowed.  We are currently assessing the impact the adoption of this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Leases”. The new standard amends the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases currently classified as operating leases and amends disclosure requirements associated with leasing arrangements. The new standard increases assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition, and provides for certain practical expedients. Transition will require application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. We are currently assessing the impact the adoption of this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Investments- Equity Method and Joint Ventures

In March 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Investments- Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting”. This new standard eliminates the requirement to apply the equity method of accounting retrospectively when a reporting entity obtains significant influence over a previously held investment. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Under the provisions of this ASU, when circumstances dictate that an investment accounted for under the cost method should no longer be a cost method investee but be accounted for under the equity method, there will no longer be a required retrospective restatement. We are currently assessing the impact the adoption of this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Compensation- Stock Compensation

In March 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. The new standard simplifies several aspects related to the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, statutory tax withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016; however, early adoption is permitted. We elected to early adopt this ASU and as a result recorded a $47 million

54


 

cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2016 related to previously unrecognized excess tax benefits. During 2016 we recorded $19 million of excess tax benefits to the provision for income taxes in our consolidated statement of operations. Further, we elected to apply the retrospective transition method to the amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows. This change resulted in a $30 million increase to operating cash flow and a $30 million decrease to cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Financial Instruments – Credit Losses

In June 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The standard significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities will be required to record allowances rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do today under the other-than-temporary impairment model. It also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. We are currently assessing the impact the adoption of this ASU will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Statement of Cash Flows – Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows- Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”. The standard addresses how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230, Statement of Cash flow, and other Topics. ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

Business Combinations

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASC 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805), Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The updated standard provides guidance to assist entities with evaluating when a set of transferred assets and activities is a business. Under the new guidance, an entity first determines whether substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If this threshold is met, the set is not a business. If it is not met, the entity then evaluates whether the set meets the requirements that a business include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those years. The ASU will be applied prospectively to any transaction occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim and annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuances. We elected to early adopt the ASU effective October 1, 2016. There was no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and market prices such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and changes in the market value of equity instruments. We are exposed to market risk, primarily related to foreign exchange and interest rates. We actively monitor these exposures. Historically, in order to manage the volatility relating to these exposures, we entered into a variety of derivative financial instruments, mainly interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and forward rate agreements. Currently we only employ basic contracts, that is, without options, embedded or otherwise. Our objective is to reduce, where it is deemed appropriate to do so, fluctuations in earnings, cash flows and the value of our net investments in subsidiaries resulting from changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates. It is our policy not to trade in financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We operate globally and we predominantly generate revenues and expenses in local currencies. Because of fluctuations (including possible devaluations) in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into our reporting currency, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to transaction exposure.

55


 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded a net gain of $1 million and $2 million, respectively, associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments within foreign currency exchange transactions losses, net in our consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the notional amounts of outstanding foreign currency derivative financial instruments were $77 million and $37 million, respectively.

The table below details the percentage of revenues and expenses by currency for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

U.S. Dollars

 

 

Euro

 

 

Other Currencies

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

61

 

 

9

 

 

30

Operating costs

 

57

 

 

10

 

 

33

Year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

60

 

 

9

 

 

31

Operating costs

 

57

 

 

10

 

 

33

 

Based on the year ended December 31, 2016, a one cent change in the U.S. dollar/Euro exchange rate would have impacted revenues by approximately $5 million annually, with an immaterial impact on operating income.

Interest Rate Risk

We continually review our fixed and variable rate debt along with related hedging opportunities in order to ensure our portfolio is appropriately balanced as part of our overall interest rate risk management strategy and through this process we consider both short-term and long-term considerations in the U.S. and global financial markets in making adjustments to our tolerable exposures to interest rate risk. At December 31, 2016, we had $4,059 million of floating-rate debt under our senior secured credit facilities, of which $1,050 million was subject to effective floating-fixed interest rate swaps. A one percent increase in interest rates applied to our floating rate indebtedness would therefore increase annual interest expense by approximately $30 million ($41 million without giving effect to any of our interest rate swaps).

In June 2016, we entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of June 9, 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.86%. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In July 2015, we entered into a $150 million in notional amount of three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date in July 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.62%. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In April 2015, we entered into a $150 million in notional amount of three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date in April 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rates of a corresponding amount of our variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.40%. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In November 2014, we entered into a $250 million in notional amount of two-year forward interest swap agreement with a starting date in May 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rate of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.78%. This derivative instrument has been designated as interest rate cash flow hedge.

In November 2014, we entered into a $250 million in notional amount of two-year forward interest swap agreement with a starting date in September 2015. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rate of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.26%. This derivative instrument has been designated as interest rate cash flow hedge.

Derivative instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of non-performance, or credit risk. We do not believe that we currently face a significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties associated with these instruments, as these transactions were executed with a diversified group of major financial institutions with a minimum investment-grade or better credit rating. Our credit risk exposure is managed through the continuous monitoring of our exposures to such counterparties.

 

 

 

56


 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

58

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

59

Consolidated Statements of Operations

61

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

62

Consolidated Balance Sheets

63

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

64

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

65

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

68

Schedule I – Consolidated Financial Information of Registrant

117

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

121

 

 

 

57


 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

Management has performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework).

Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2016.

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has provided an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K also have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. Their reports follow.

 

/s/ Dwight M. Barns

 

/s/ Jamere Jackson

Dwight M. Barns

 

Jamere Jackson

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

February 17, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

58


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Board and Stockholders

of Nielsen Holdings plc

We have audited Nielsen Holdings plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Nielsen Holdings plc’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Nielsen Holdings plc’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Nielsen Holding plc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Nielsen Holding plc as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 of Nielsen Holdings plc and our report dated February 17, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

New York, New York

February 17, 2017

 

 

 

59


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board and Stockholders

of Nielsen Holdings plc

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nielsen Holdings plc as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of Nielsen Holdings plc’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nielsen Holdings plc at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Nielsen Holdings plc’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 17, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

New York, New York

February 17, 2017

 

 

 

60


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Revenues

 

$

6,309

 

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

6,288

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

2,607

 

 

 

2,539

 

 

 

2,620

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive   of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

1,851

 

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

1,917

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

603

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

573

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

105

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

89

 

Operating income

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

1,089

 

Interest income

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

Interest expense

 

 

(333

)

 

 

(311

)

 

 

(300

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(71

)

Other income/(expense), net

 

 

8

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

(100

)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

816

 

 

 

961

 

 

 

621

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(309

)

 

 

(383

)

 

 

(236

)

Equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(4

)

Net income

 

 

507

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

381

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

5

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(3

)

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

502

 

 

$

570

 

 

$

384

 

Net income per share of common stock, basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

1.40

 

 

$

1.55

 

 

$

1.01

 

Net income per share of common stock, diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

1.39

 

 

$

1.54

 

 

$

1.00

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, basic

 

 

358,830,080

 

 

 

366,996,788

 

 

 

379,333,037

 

Dilutive shares of common stock

 

 

3,337,049

 

 

 

3,961,016

 

 

 

5,038,415

 

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, diluted

 

 

362,167,129

 

 

 

370,957,804

 

 

 

384,371,452

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

1.21

 

 

$

1.09

 

 

$

0.95

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

61


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

507

 

 

$

575

 

 

$

381

 

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(357

)

 

 

(301

)

Available for sale securities (2)

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

10

 

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges (3)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

3

 

Defined benefit pension plan adjustments (4)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

87

 

 

 

(109

)

Total other comprehensive loss

 

 

(157

)

 

 

(290

)

 

 

(397

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

350

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

(16

)

Less: comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(10

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

350

 

 

$

288

 

 

$

(6

)

 

 

(1)

Net of tax of (9) million, $(15) million and $(18) million for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

(2)

Net of tax of zero, $13 million and $(7) million for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

 

(3)

Net of tax of $(2) million, $1 million and $(2) million for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

 

(4)

Net of tax of $20 million, $(10) million and $32 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

 

62


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

754

 

 

$

357

 

Trade and other receivables, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns of $25 and $26 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

1,235

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

297

 

 

 

316

 

Total current assets

 

 

2,222

 

 

 

1,908

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

471

 

 

 

490

 

Goodwill

 

 

7,845

 

 

 

7,783

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

4,736

 

 

 

4,772

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

127

 

 

 

78

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

329

 

 

 

272

 

Total assets

 

$

15,730

 

 

$

15,303

 

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

1,012

 

 

$

1,013

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

297

 

 

 

322

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

97

 

 

 

42

 

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term
borrowings

 

 

188

 

 

 

310

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

1,594

 

 

 

1,687

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

7,738

 

 

 

7,028

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,175

 

 

 

1,074

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

930

 

 

 

887

 

Total liabilities

 

 

11,437

 

 

 

10,676

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nielsen stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, €0.07 par value, 1,185,800,000 and 1,185,800,000 shares authorized; 357,745,953 and 362,338,369 shares issued and 357,465,614 and 362,338,369 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

4,825

 

 

 

5,119

 

Retained earnings

 

 

456

 

 

 

341

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

 

 

(1,211

)

 

 

(1,059

)

Total Nielsen stockholders’ equity

 

 

4,102

 

 

 

4,433

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

191

 

 

 

194

 

Total equity

 

 

4,293

 

 

 

4,627

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

15,730

 

 

$

15,303

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

63


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

507

 

 

$

575

 

 

$

381

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

51

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

47

 

Deferred income tax

 

 

88

 

 

 

213

 

 

 

105

 

Currency exchange rate differences on financial transactions and other losses

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(167

)

 

 

174

 

Equity in net loss of affiliates, net of dividends received

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

603

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

573

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of businesses acquired and divested:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables, net

 

 

53

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(93

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(76

)

Accounts payable and other current liabilities and deferred revenues

 

 

(63

)

 

 

36

 

 

 

(4

)

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Interest payable

 

 

14

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

6

 

Income taxes

 

 

64

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

(23

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,296

 

 

 

1,209

 

 

 

1,093

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

 

 

(285

)

 

 

(246

)

 

 

(314

)

Proceeds from the sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

 

 

34

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

(6

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(134

)

 

 

(163

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

(324

)

 

 

(274

)

 

 

(249

)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

42

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

Other investing activities

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

Net cash used in by investing activities

 

 

(642

)

 

 

(581

)

 

 

(732

)

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (payments)/borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

(164

)

 

 

(116

)

 

 

280

 

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

2,502

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

4,544

 

Repayment of debt

 

 

(1,765

)

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(4,598

)

Increase in short term borrowings

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(408

)

 

 

(356

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(418

)

 

 

(667

)

 

 

(466

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

81

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

103

 

Capital leases

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(14

)

Other financing activities

 

 

(14

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(78

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(248

)

 

 

(492

)

 

 

(585

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(67

)

Net increase(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

397

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

(291

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

357

 

 

 

273

 

 

 

564

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

754

 

 

$

357

 

 

$

273

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

(157

)

 

$

(159

)

 

$

(154

)

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

(319

)

 

$

(296

)

 

$

(294

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

64


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss), Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

Available

 

 

Cash

 

 

Post

 

 

Nielsen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Translation

 

 

for Sale

 

 

Flow

 

 

Employment

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Stock

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Securities

 

 

Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Equity

 

 

Interests

 

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

32

 

 

$

(13

)

 

$

6,609

 

 

$

(512

)

 

$

(124

)

 

 

9

 

 

$

(5

)

 

$

(267

)

 

$

5,729

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

5,807

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

384

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

381

 

Currency translation adjustments,

   net of tax of $(18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(294

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(294

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(301

)

Unrealized loss on pension liability,

   net of tax of $32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(109

)

 

 

 

 

 

(109

)

Unrealized gain on available for sale

   securities, net of tax of $(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Cash flow hedges, net of tax

   of $(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Divestiture of an interest in a

   consolidated subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Noncontrolling interest in a newly

   consolidated subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

11

 

Dividends to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(359

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(359

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(360

)

Shares of common stock issued in

   business combinations

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(466

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(466

)

 

 

 

 

 

(466

)

Stock-based compensation

   expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

$

32

 

 

$

(415

)

 

$

6,344

 

 

$

(128

)

 

$

(418

)

 

$

19

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(376

)

 

$

5,056

 

 

$

77

 

 

$

5,133

 

 

65


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss), Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Currency

 

 

Available

 

 

Cash

 

 

Post

 

 

Nielsen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

(Accumulated

 

 

Translation

 

 

for Sale

 

 

Flow

 

 

Employment

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Stock

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit)

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Securities

 

 

Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Equity

 

 

Interests

 

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

$

32

 

 

$

(415

)

 

$

6,344

 

 

$

(128

)

 

$

(418

)

 

$

19

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(376

)

 

$

5,056

 

 

$

77

 

 

$

5,133

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

570

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

575

 

Currency translation adjustments,

   net of tax of $(15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(349

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(349

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(357

)

Unrealized loss on pension liability,

   net of tax of $(10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

Realized gain on available for sale

   securities, net of tax of $13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Capital contribution  by non-

   controlling partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

(Divestiture)/acquisition of an

   interest in a consolidated

   subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

117

 

 

 

116

 

Dividends to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(297

)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(398

)

 

 

 

 

 

(398

)

Shares of common stock issued in

   business combinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

Excess tax benefit from stock

   based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(467

)

 

 

(200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(667

)

 

 

 

 

 

(667

)

Equity conversion

 

 

 

 

 

 

804

 

 

 

(804

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

$

32

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,119

 

 

$

341

 

 

$

(767

)

 

$

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(289

)

 

$

4,433

 

 

$

194

 

 

$

4,627

 

 

 

 

66


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss), Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

Cash

 

 

Post

 

 

Nielsen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Translation

 

 

Flow

 

 

Employment

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Equity

 

 

Interests

 

 

Equity

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

$

32

 

 

$

5,119

 

 

$

341

 

 

$

(767

)

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(289

)

 

$

4,433

 

 

$

194

 

 

$

4,627

 

 

Adoption of stock-based compensation standard

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2016  

 

32

 

 

5,119

 

 

 

388

 

 

(767

)

 

(3

)

 

(289

)

 

 

4,480

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

4,674

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

507

 

 

Currency translation adjustments, net
of tax of $(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(89

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(94

)

 

Cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

Unrealized loss on pension liability, net of tax of $20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

 

 

(65

)

 

Capital contribution by non-controlling partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

Acquisition/Divestiture of an interest in a consolidated subsidiary

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

Dividends to stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

 

Dividends to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(10

)

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

 

 

(418

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(418

)

 

 

 

 

(418

)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

$

32

 

 

$

4,825

 

 

$

456

 

 

$

(856

)

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(354

)

 

$

4,102

 

 

$

191

 

 

$

4,293

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

67


 

Nielsen Holding plc

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Nielsen, together with its subsidiaries, is a leading global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. Nielsen is aligned into two reportable segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), what consumers watch and listen to (“Watch”). Nielsen has a presence in more than 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Oxford, the United Kingdom and New York, USA. See Note 17 – “Segments” for a discussion of the Company’s reportable segments.

On August 31, 2015, Nielsen N.V., a Dutch public company listed on the New York Stock Exchange, merged with Nielsen Holdings plc, by way of a cross-border merger under the European Cross-Border Merger Directive, with Nielsen Holdings plc being the surviving company (the “Merger”). The Merger effectively changed the place of incorporation of Nielsen’s publically traded parent holding company from the Netherlands to England and Wales, with no changes made to the business being conducted by Nielsen prior to the Merger. Due to the fact that the Merger was a business combination between entities under common control, the exchange of assets and liabilities were made at carrying value. Therefore, there were no direct accounting implications in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Nielsen, together with its subsidiaries, is a leading global information and measurement company that provides clients with a comprehensive understanding of consumers and consumer behavior. Nielsen is aligned into two reportable segments: what consumers buy (“Buy”), what consumers watch and listen to (“Watch”). Nielsen has a presence in more than 100 countries, with its headquarters located in Oxford, the United Kingdom and New York, USA. See Note 17 – “Segments” for a discussion of the Company’s reportable segments.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All amounts are presented in U.S. Dollars (“$”), except for share and per share data or where expressly stated as being in other currencies, e.g., Euros (“€”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. Supplemental cash flows from discontinued operations are presented in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements “Discontinued Operations.” The Company has evaluated events occurring subsequent to December 31, 2016 for potential recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements and concluded there were no subsequent events that required recognition or disclosure other than those provided.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Nielsen and all subsidiaries and other controlled entities. Noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries are reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial statements with disclosure on the face of the consolidated statements of operations of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders and to the noncontrolling interests. The equity method of accounting is used for investments in affiliates and joint ventures where Nielsen has significant influence but not control, usually supported by a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in which Nielsen owns less than 20% and does not have significant influence are accounted for either as available-for-sale securities if the shares are publicly traded or as cost method investments. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.

Foreign Currency Translation

Nielsen has significant investments outside the United States, primarily in the Euro-zone, Canada and the United Kingdom. Therefore, changes in the value of foreign currencies affect the consolidated financial statements when translated into U.S. Dollars. The functional currency for substantially all subsidiaries outside the U.S. is the local currency. Financial statements for these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars at period-end exchange rates as to the assets and liabilities and monthly average exchange rates as to revenues, expenses and cash flows. For these countries, currency translation adjustments are recognized in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), net, whereas transaction gains and losses are recognized in foreign exchange transaction losses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

68


 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs, which were not material for any periods presented, are expensed as incurred.

Revenue Recognition

Nielsen recognizes revenues when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered or information has been delivered, the fee is fixed or determinable and the collectability of the related revenue is reasonably assured.

A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is generated from information (primarily retail measurement and consumer panel services) and measurement (primarily from television, radio, online and mobile audiences) services. The Company generally recognizes revenue from the sale of services as the services are performed, which is usually ratably over the term of the contract(s). Invoiced amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until earned. Substantially all of the Company’s customer contracts are non-cancellable and non-refundable.

Certain of the Company’s revenue arrangements include multiple deliverables and in these arrangements, the individual deliverables within the contract that have stand-alone value to the customer are separated and recognized upon delivery based upon the Company’s best estimate of their selling prices. These arrangements are not significant to the Company’s results of operations. In certain cases, software is included as part of these arrangements to allow Nielsen’s customers to view delivered information and is provided for the term of the arrangement and is not significant to the marketing effort and is not sold separately. Accordingly, software provided to Nielsen’s customers is considered to be incidental to the arrangements and is not recognized as a separate element.

A discussion of Nielsen’s revenue recognition policies, by segment, follows:

Buy

Revenue from the Buy segment, primarily from retail measurement services and consumer panel services is recognized over the period during which the services are performed and information is delivered to the customer, primarily on a straight-line basis.

The Company provides insights and solutions to customers through analytical studies that are recognized into revenue as value is delivered to the customer. The pattern of revenue recognition for these contracts varies depending on the terms of the individual contracts, and may be recognized proportionally or deferred until the end of the contract term and recognized when the information has been delivered to the customer.

Watch

Revenue from the Watch segment is primarily generated from television, radio, online and mobile measurement services and recognized over the contract period, as the service is delivered to the customer, primarily on a straight-line basis.

Deferred Costs

Incremental direct costs incurred related to establishing or significantly expanding a panel in a designated market and costs incurred to build the infrastructure to service new clients, are deferred at the point when Nielsen determines them to be recoverable. Prior to this point, these cost are expensed as incurred. These deferred costs are typically amortized through cost of revenues over the original contract period beginning when the panel or infrastructure to service new clients is ready for its intended use.

Advertising and Marketing Costs

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred and are reflected as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. These costs include all brand advertising, telemarketing, direct mail and other sales promotion associated with marketing/media research services. Advertising and marketing costs totaled $25 million, $19 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

69


 

Computation of Net Income per Share

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock and dilutive potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares of common stock primarily consist of employee stock options and restricted stock.

Employee stock options, restricted stock and similar equity instruments granted by the Company are treated as potential common stock outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. Diluted stock outstanding include restricted stock units and the dilutive effect of in-the-money options which is calculated based on the average share price for each period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and in 2014 and 2015 the amount of benefits that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when the award becomes deductible for tax purposes are assumed to be used to repurchase stock. In 2016, upon the adoption of ASU 2016-09, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, the Company removed the excess tax benefit from its assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method.

The two-class method is an earnings allocation method for computing earnings/(loss) per share when a company’s capital structure includes either two or more classes of common stock or common stock and participating securities. This method determines earnings/(loss) per share based on dividends declared on common stock and participating securities (i.e., distributed earnings), as well as participation rights of participating securities in any undistributed earnings. The two-class method did not have a significant impact on the calculation or presentation of earnings per share for any of the periods presented.

The effect of 1,650,708,  1,593,807 and 2,437,100 shares of common stock equivalents under stock compensation plans were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, as such shares would have been anti-dilutive.  

Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Comprehensive income/(loss) is reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) and consists of net income and other gains and losses, net of tax affecting equity that are excluded from net income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at fair value.

Accounts Receivable

The Company extends non-interest bearing trade credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To minimize credit risk, ongoing credit evaluations of client’s financial condition are performed. An estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts is made when collection of the full amount is no longer probable or returns are expected.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company sold $137 million and $50 million, respectively, of accounts receivables to a third party and recorded an immaterial loss on the sale to interest expense, net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $71 million and $50 million, respectively, remained outstanding. The sale was accounted for as a true sale, without recourse. We maintain servicing responsibilities of the receivables, for which the related costs are not significant. The proceeds of $137 million and $50 million from the sale were reported as a component of the changes in trade and other receivables, net within operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

70


 

Other Significant Accounting Policies

The following table includes other significant accounting policies that are described in other notes to the financial statements, including the related note:

 

Significant Accounting Policy

 

 

Note

 

Investments

 

 

8

 

Financial Instruments

 

 

8

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

 

8

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

 

5

 

Property, Plant and Equipment

 

 

7

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

 

5&7

 

Pensions and Other Post Retirement Benefits

 

 

10

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

 

13

 

Income Taxes

 

 

14

 

 

 

2. Summary of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Recognition

In May 2014, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”.  The new revenue recognition standard provides a five step analysis of transactions to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services and shall be applied retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption.  This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

In 2014, the Company established a cross-functional implementation team consisting of representatives from across all of its business segments. Management utilized a bottoms-up approach to analyze the impact of the standard on our contract portfolio by reviewing the current accounting policies and practices to identify potential differences that would result from applying the requirements of the new standard to our revenue contracts. In addition, management identified, and are in the process of implementing appropriate changes to our business processes, systems and controls to support the recognition and disclosure under the new standard. Based on management’s preliminary assessment, it does not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company is continuing to assess which transition method it will use to adopt this ASU.

 

Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments

In January 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”. The new standard was issued to amend the guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments. The new standard significantly revises an entity's accounting related to the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities and the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value. The new standard also amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption for most of the provisions is not allowed.  Nielsen is currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this ASU will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Leases”. The new standard amends the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases currently classified as operating leases and amends disclosure requirements associated with leasing arrangements. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition, and provides for certain practical expedients. Transition will require application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. While Nielsen continues to assess the impact of the adoption of this ASU will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, Nielsen expects it will increase assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

71


 

Investments- Equity Method and Joint Ventures

In March 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Investments- Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting”. This new standard eliminates the requirement to apply the equity method of accounting retrospectively when a reporting entity obtains significant influence over a previously held investment. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Under the provisions of this ASU, when circumstances dictate that an investment accounted for under the cost method should no longer be a cost method investee but be accounted for under the equity method, there will no longer be a required retrospective restatement. Nielsen is currently assessing the impact of the adoption this ASU will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Compensation- Stock Compensation

In March 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”. The new standard simplifies several aspects related to the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, statutory tax withholding requirements, forfeitures and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016; however, early adoption is permitted. Nielsen elected to early adopt this ASU and as a result recorded a $47 million cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of January 1, 2016 related to previously unrecognized excess tax benefits         During 2016, Nielsen recorded $19 million of excess tax benefits to the provision for income taxes in its consolidated statement of operations. Further, the Company elected to apply the retrospective transition method to the amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows. This change resulted in a $30 million increase to operating cash flow and a $30 million decrease to cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Financial Instruments – Credit Losses

In June 2016, the FASB issued an ASU, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. The standard significantly changes how entities will measure credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that are not measured at fair value through net income. The standard will replace today’s “incurred loss” approach with an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities will be required to record allowances rather than reduce the carrying amount, as they do today under the other-than-temporary impairment model. It also simplifies the accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. The new standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Nielsen is currently assessing the impact the adoption of this ASU will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Statement of Cash Flows– Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows- Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments”. The standard addresses how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows under Topic 230, Statement of Cash flow, and other Topics. ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2017. Nielsen does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Business Combinations

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASC 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805), Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The updated standard provides guidance to assist entities with evaluating when a set of transferred assets and activities is a business. Under the new guidance, an entity first determines whether substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If this threshold is met, the set is not a business. If it is not met, the entity than evaluates whether the set meets the requirements that a business include, at a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. The updated guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those years. The ASU will be applied prospectively to any transaction occurring within the period of adoption. Early adoption is permitted, including for interim and annual periods in which the financial statements have not been issued or made available for issuances. Nielsen elected to early adopt the ASU effective October 1, 2016. There was no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

72


 

3. Business Acquisitions

For the year ended December 31, 2016, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $285 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had these current period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2016, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $246 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Included in this amount is $45 million for an additional 13.5% interest in Nielsen Catalina Solutions (“NCS”), a joint venture between us and Catalina that we historically accounted for under the equity method of accounting. As part of this transaction Nielsen gained control of NCS and, as such accounted for it as a step-acquisition and calculated the fair value of the investment immediately before the acquisition to be $161 million. The fair value of the investment was calculated by an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires the use of various assumptions, including expectations of future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates and tax rates in developing the present value of future cash flows. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2015, Nielsen recorded a $158 million gain on the investment in NCS to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. Commencing October 1, 2015, NCS was reflected as a consolidated subsidiary within Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements. Had these current period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2015, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, Nielsen paid cash consideration of $314 million associated with both current period and previously executed acquisitions, net of cash acquired. Had that period’s acquisitions occurred as of January 1, 2014, the impact on Nielsen’s consolidated results of operations would not have been material.

 

Subsequent Event

Gracenote

In February 2017, Nielsen completed the acquisition of Gracenote, through the purchase of 100% of Gracenote’s outstanding common stock for a total cash purchase price of $560 million. Nielsen acquired the data and technology that underpins the programming guides and personalized user experience for major video, music, audio and sports content. The acquisition extends Nielsen’s footprint with major clients by including Gracenote’s global content database which spans across platforms including multichannel video programming distributors (MVPDs), smart televisions, streaming music services, connected devices, media players and in-car infotainment systems. Gracenote will consolidate into Nielsen’s Watch segment.

This Acquisition will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company is in the process of preparing the initial accounting of the transaction and expects to establish a preliminary purchase price allocation by the end of the first quarter of 2017. 

 

 

4. Discontinued Operations and Other Dispositions

In December 2016, Nielsen completed the sale of Claritas, a business focusing on consumer segmentation insights within the Company’s Buy segment, for cash consideration of $34 million and a note receivable for $60 million. The note is payable at any time over three years and bears interest at 3% in year one, 5% in year two and 7% in year three. As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a $14 million gain on the sale to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. This disposition did not qualify to be classified as a discontinued operations.

In November 2015, Nielsen completed the sale of the National Research Group, Inc., a leader in providing market research to movie studios within the Company’s Watch segment, for total cash consideration of $34 million and recorded an $18 million gain on the sale to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. This disposition did not qualify to be classified as a discontinued operations.

In February 2014, Nielsen completed the acquisition of Harris Interactive, Inc., a leading global market research firm, through the purchase of all outstanding shares of Harris Interactive’s common stock for $2.04 per share. In June 2014, the Company completed the sale of Harris Interactive European operations (“Harris Europe”) to ITWP Acquisitions Limited (“ITWP”), the parent company of Toluna, a leading digital market research and technology company in exchange for a minority stake in ITWP. The consolidated statements of operations reflect the operating results of Harris Europe as a discontinued operation.

73


 

Summarized results of operations for discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2014

 

Revenue

 

$

15

 

Operating income

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

Income from operations before income taxes

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

 

Net income/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

Gain on sale, net of tax

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

There were no discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of certain trade names and trademarks, are each tested for impairment on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such asset may not be recoverable. Nielsen has designated October 1st as the date in which the annual assessment is performed as this timing corresponds with the development of the Company’s formal budget and business plan review. Nielsen reviews the recoverability of its goodwill by comparing the estimated fair values of reporting units with their respective carrying amounts. The Company established, and continues to evaluate, its reporting units based on its internal reporting structure and defines such reporting units at its operating segment level or one level below. The estimates of fair value of a reporting unit are determined using a combination of valuation techniques, primarily an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis supplemented by a market-based approach.

A discounted cash flow analysis requires the use of various assumptions, including expectations of future cash flows, growth rates, discount rates and tax rates in developing the present value of future cash flow projections. The market-based approach utilizes available market comparisons such as indicative industry multiples that are applied to current year revenue and earnings as well as recent comparable transactions.

The Company’s 2016, 2015 and 2014 annual assessments did not result in an impairment for goodwill.

Goodwill is stated at historical cost less accumulated impairments losses, if any.

The table below summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Buy

 

 

Watch

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

$

3,014

 

 

$

4,657

 

 

$

7,671

 

Acquisitions, divestitures and other adjustments

 

 

4

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

365

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(229

)

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(253

)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

$

2,789

 

 

$

4,994

 

 

$

7,783

 

Acquisitions, divestitures and other adjustments

 

 

(31

)

 

 

170

 

 

 

139

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(77

)

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

$

2,696

 

 

$

5,149

 

 

$

7,845

 

Cumulative impairments

 

$

 

 

$

376

 

 

$

376

 

 

At December 31, 2016, $50 million of goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite lives are stated at historical cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment losses. These intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually.

74


 

Nielsen has purchased and internally developed software to facilitate its global information processing, financial reporting and client access needs. Costs that are related to the conceptual formulation and design of software programs are expensed as incurred. Costs that are incurred to produce the finished product after technological feasibility has been established are capitalized as an intangible asset and are amortized over the estimated useful life. If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of software may not be recovered, a recoverability analysis is performed based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from the software in the future. If the analysis indicates that the carrying value is not recoverable from the future cash flows, the software cost is written down to estimate fair value and an impairment is recognized. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and as our assessments change.

The impairment test for other indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of a comparison of the fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of trade names and trademarks are determined using a “relief from royalty” discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Significant assumptions inherent in this methodology include estimates of royalty rates and discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. Assumptions about royalty rates are based on the rates at which comparable trade names and trademarks are being licensed in the marketplace. There was no impairment noted in any period presented with respect to the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Nielsen is required to assess whether the value of the Company’s amortizable intangible assets have been impaired whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Nielsen does not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from an asset (or a group of assets) to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset (or the group of assets) exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist. If impairment is considered to exist based on undiscounted cash flows, the impairment charge is measured using an estimation of the assets’ fair value, typically using a discounted cash flow method. The identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets (or groups of assets) requires Nielsen to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of impairment indicators, expected cash flows and applicable discount rates. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and our assessments change. There was no impairment or indicators of impairment noted in any period presented with respect to the Company’s amortizable intangible assets.

The table below summarizes the carrying value of such intangible assets and their estimated useful lives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Weighted

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Useful Lives

 

Average

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,921

 

 

$

1,921

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Amortized intangibles:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade names and trademarks

 

5-20 years

 

13 years

 

 

140

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(84

)

Customer-related intangibles

 

6-25 years

 

21 years

 

 

3,035

 

 

 

3,013

 

 

 

(1,312

)

 

 

(1,193

)

Covenants-not-to-compete

 

1-7 years

 

3 years

 

 

39

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

(35

)

Computer software

 

3-10 years

 

5 years

 

 

2,223

 

 

 

1,919

 

 

 

(1,258

)

 

 

(1,055

)

Patents and other

 

3-10 years

 

6 years

 

 

173

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(86

)

Total

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,610

 

 

$

5,304

 

 

$

(2,795

)

 

$

(2,453

)

 

The amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $425 million, $408 million and $404 million, respectively. These amounts include amortization expense associated with computer software of $232 million, $219 million and $217 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Certain of the trade names associated with Nielsen are deemed indefinite-lived intangible assets, as their associated Nielsen brand awareness and recognition has existed for over 50 years and the Company intends to continue to utilize these trade names. There are also no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that may limit their estimated useful lives. Nielsen reconsiders the remaining estimated useful life of indefinite-lived intangible assets each reporting period.

The Company’s 2016, 2015 and 2014 annual assessments did not result in an impairment for any of its underlying reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets.

75


 

All other intangible assets are subject to amortization. Future amortization expense is estimated to be as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

For the year ending December 31:

 

 

 

2017

$

399

 

2018

 

419

 

2019

 

353

 

2020

 

316

 

2021

 

296

 

Thereafter

 

1,032

 

Total

$

2,815

 

 

 

6. Changes in and Reclassification out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by Component

The table below summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, by component for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

 

Currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post Employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2015

$

(767

)

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(289

)

 

$

(1,059

)

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

(94

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(77

)

 

 

(174

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

12

 

 

 

17

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

(94

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(157

)

Net current period other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

(89

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(152

)

Balance December 31, 2016

$

(856

)

 

$

(1

)

 

$

(354

)

 

$

(1,211

)

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

Available-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

for-Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

Post Employment

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Adjustments

 

 

Securities

 

 

Cash Flow Hedges

 

 

Benefits

 

 

Total

 

Balance December 31, 2014

 

$

(418

)

 

$

19

 

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(376

)

 

$

(777

)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income before reclassifications

 

 

(357

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

60

 

 

 

(305

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

7

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

15

 

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

(357

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

87

 

 

 

(290

)

Net current period other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Net current period other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

 

(349

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

87

 

 

 

(282

)

Balance December 31, 2015

 

$

(767

)

 

$

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

(289

)

 

$

(1,059

)

 

76


 

The table below summarizes the reclassification of accumulated other comprehensive loss by component for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

 

 

Amount Reclassified from

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 

Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affected Line Item in the

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Consolidated

Income components

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

Statement of Operations

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

(32

)

 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

$

 

 

$

(19

)

 

Total, net of tax

Cash flow hedges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

7

 

 

$

12

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(5

)

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

7

 

 

Total, net of tax

Amortization of Post-Employment Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss

 

$

17

 

 

$

37

 

 

(a)

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(10

)

 

Benefit for income taxes

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

27

 

 

Total, net of tax

Total reclassification for the period

 

$

17

 

 

$

15

 

 

Net of tax

 

(a)

This accumulated other comprehensive loss component is included in the computation of net periodic pension cost.

 

 

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives.

Nielsen is required to assess whether the value of our long-lived assets, including the Company’s buildings, improvements, technical and other equipment have been impaired whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. Nielsen does not perform a periodic assessment of assets for impairment in the absence of such information or indicators. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant adverse change that would indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. Recoverability of assets that are held and used is measured by comparing the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be derived from an asset (or a group of assets) to their carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset (or the group of assets) exceeds the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows, impairment is considered to exist. If impairment is considered to exist based on undiscounted cash flows, the impairment charge is measured using an estimation of the assets’ fair value, typically using a discounted cash flow method. The identification of impairment indicators, the estimation of future cash flows and the determination of fair values for assets (or groups of assets) requires Nielsen to make significant judgments concerning the identification and validation of impairment indicators, expected cash flows and applicable discount rates. These estimates are subject to revision as market conditions and our assessments change. There was no impairment or indicators of impairment noted in any period presented with respect to the Company’s finite long-lived assets.

The following tables summarizes the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment including the associated useful lives:

 

 

 

Estimated

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Useful Life

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Land and buildings

 

25-50 years

 

$

335

 

 

$

337

 

Information and communication equipment

 

3-10 years

 

 

858

 

 

 

825

 

Furniture, equipment and other

 

3-10 years

 

 

103

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,296

 

 

 

1,270

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

(825

)

 

 

(780

)

 

 

 

 

$

471

 

 

$

490

 

77


 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations related to property, plant and equipment was $165 million, $160 million and $162 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The above amounts include amortization expense on assets under capital leases and other financing obligations of $37 million, $23 million and $10 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Capital leases and other financing obligations are comprised primarily of land and buildings and information and communication equipment.

Gross and net book value of assets under capital leases were as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Gross Book Value

 

 

Accumulated  Depreciation

 

 

Net Book Value

 

Land and buildings

 

$

174

 

 

$

(69

)

 

$

105

 

Information and communication equipment

 

 

161

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

89

 

 

 

$

335

 

 

$

(141

)

 

$

194

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Gross Book Value

 

 

Accumulated  Depreciation

 

 

Net Book Value

 

Land and buildings

 

$

170

 

 

$

(63

)

 

$

107

 

Information and communication equipment

 

 

100

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

59

 

 

 

$

270

 

 

$

(104

)

 

$

166

 

 

 

8. Fair Value Measurements

Nielsen’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investments, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments. These financial instruments potentially subject Nielsen to concentrations of credit risk. To minimize the risk of credit loss, these financial instruments are primarily held with acknowledged financial institutions. The carrying value of Nielsen’s financial instruments approximate fair value, except for differences with respect to long-term, fixed and variable-rate debt and certain differences relating to investments accounted for at cost. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to market values resulting from trading on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Cash equivalents have original maturities of three months or less.

In addition, the Company has accounts receivable that are not collateralized. The Buy and Watch segments service high quality clients dispersed across many geographic areas. The Company analyzes the aging of accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness and current economic trends in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Investments include available-for-sale securities carried at fair value, or at cost if not publicly traded, investments in affiliates, and a trading asset portfolio maintained to generate returns to offset changes in certain liabilities related to deferred compensation arrangements. For the available-for-sale securities, any unrealized holding gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, are excluded from operating results and are recognized in stockholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) net, until realized. Nielsen assesses declines in the value of individual investments to determine whether such decline is other than temporary and thus the investment is impaired by considering available evidence. No impairment charge was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and also considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of non-performance.

78


 

There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted market prices available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

 

Level 2:

  

 

Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date.

 

Level 3:

  

 

Pricing inputs that are generally unobservable and may not be corroborated by market data.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value, except for equity method investments, cost method investments, and long-term debt. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.

The following table summarizes the valuation of the Company’s material financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets for deferred compensation (1)

 

$

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Investment in mutual funds (2)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

Total

 

$

37

 

 

$

34

 

 

$

3

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

Deferred compensation liabilities (4)

 

 

32

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

37

 

 

$

32

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets for deferred compensation (1)

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

Investment in mutual funds (2)

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

32

 

 

$

32

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap arrangements (3)

 

$

6

 

 

 

 

$

6

 

 

Deferred compensation liabilities (4)

 

 

30

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

36

 

 

$

30

 

 

$

6

 

 

 

(1)

Plan assets are comprised of investments in mutual funds, which are intended to fund liabilities arising from deferred compensation plans. These investments are carried at fair value, which is based on quoted market prices at period end in active markets. These investments are classified as trading securities with any gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value recorded in other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

(2)

Investments in mutual funds are money-market accounts held with the intention of funding certain specific retirement plans.

(3)

Derivative financial instruments include interest rate swap arrangements recorded at fair value based on externally-developed valuation models that use readily observable market parameters and the consideration of counterparty risk.

(4)

The Company offers certain employees the opportunity to participate in a deferred compensation plan. A participant’s deferrals are invested in a variety of participant directed stock and bond mutual funds and are classified as trading securities. Changes in the fair value of these securities are measured using quoted prices in active markets based on the market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held exclusive of any transaction costs. A corresponding adjustment for changes in fair value of the trading securities is also reflected in the changes in fair value of the deferred compensation obligation.

 

79


 

Derivative Financial Instruments

Nielsen uses interest rate swap derivative instruments principally to manage the risk that changes in interest rates will affect the cash flows of its underlying debt obligations.

To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedging relationship must meet several conditions with respect to documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability of measurement. Nielsen documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions as well as the hedge effectiveness assessment, both at the hedge inception and on an ongoing basis. Nielsen recognizes all derivatives at fair value either as assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, Nielsen recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss).

Nielsen manages exposure to possible defaults on derivative financial instruments by monitoring the concentration of risk that Nielsen has with any individual bank and through the use of minimum credit quality standards for all counterparties. Nielsen does not require collateral or other security in relation to derivative financial instruments. A derivative contract entered into between Nielsen or certain of its subsidiaries and a counterparty that was also a lender under Nielsen’s senior secured credit facilities at the time the derivative contract was entered into is guaranteed under the senior secured credit facilities by Nielsen and certain of its subsidiaries (see Note 11 - Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements for more information). Since it is Nielsen’s policy to only enter into derivative contracts with banks of internationally acknowledged standing, Nielsen considers the counterparty risk to be remote.

It is Nielsen’s policy to have an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement established with every bank with which it has entered into any derivative contract. Under each of these ISDA Master Agreements, Nielsen agrees to settle only the net amount of the combined market values of all derivative contracts outstanding with any one counterparty should that counterparty default. Certain of the ISDA Master Agreements contain cross-default provisions where if the Company either defaults in payment obligations under its credit facility or if such obligations are accelerated by the lenders, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. At December 31, 2016, Nielsen had no material exposure to potential economic losses due to counterparty credit default risk or cross-default risk on its derivative financial instruments.

Interest Rate Risk

Nielsen is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk on the floating-rate U.S. Dollar and Euro Term Loans, and uses floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge this exposure. For these derivatives, Nielsen reports the after-tax gain or loss from the effective portion of the hedge as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) and reclassifies it into earnings in the same period or periods in which the hedged transaction affects earnings, and within the same income statement line item as the impact of the hedged transaction.

In June 2016, the company entered into $250 million in aggregate notional amount of a three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date of June 9, 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 0.86%. This derivative has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

 

In July 2015, the Company entered into a $150 million in notional amount of three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date in July 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.62%. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In April 2015, the Company entered into a $150 million in notional amount of three-year forward interest rate swap agreement with a starting date in April 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rates of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.40%. This derivative instrument has been designated as an interest rate cash flow hedge.

In November 2014, the Company entered into a $250 million in notional amount of two-year forward interest swap agreement with a starting date in May 2016. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rate of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.78%. This derivative instrument has been designated as interest rate cash flow hedge.

80


 

In November 2014, the Company entered into a $250 million in notional amount of two-year forward interest swap agreement with a starting date in September 2015. This agreement fixes the LIBOR-related portion of the interest rate of a corresponding amount of the Company’s variable-rate debt at an average rate of 1.26%. This derivative instrument has been designated as interest rate cash flow hedge.

Nielsen expects to recognize approximately $4 million of net pre-tax losses from accumulated other comprehensive loss to interest expense in the next 12 months associated with its interest-related derivative financial instruments.

As of December 31, 2016 the Company had the following outstanding interest rate swaps utilized in the management of its interest rate risk:

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Maturity Date

 

Currency

Interest rate swaps designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

September 2017

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

May 2018

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

150,000,000

 

 

April 2019

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

250,000,000

 

 

June 2019

 

US Dollar

US Dollar term loan floating-to-fixed rate swaps

$

150,000,000

 

 

July 2019

 

US Dollar

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, Nielsen recorded a net gain of $1 million and $2 million respectively, associated with foreign currency derivative financial instruments within foreign currency exchange transactions losses, net in Nielsen’s consolidated statements of operations.  As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the notional amounts of the outstanding foreign currency derivative financial instruments were $77 million and $37 million, respectively.

See Note 11 – “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for more information on the long-term debt transactions referenced in this note.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts

Payable

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging

Instruments

 

 

Other Non-

Current

 

and Other

Current

 

 

Other Non-

Current

 

 

and Other

Current

 

 

Other Non-

Current

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

Liabilities

 

Interest rate swaps

 

 

$

3

 

$

1

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

5

 

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

The pre-tax effect of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was as follows (amounts in millions):

 

 

 

Amount of Loss

 

 

 

 

Amount of Loss

 

 

 

Recognized in OCI

 

 

Location of Loss

 

Reclassified from OCI

 

 

 

on Derivatives

 

 

Reclassified from OCI

 

into Income

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

 

(Effective Portion)

 

 

into Income

 

(Effective Portion)

 

Hedging Relationships

 

December 31,

 

 

(Effective Portion)

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

3

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

10

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

7

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

15

 

 

81


 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company is required, on a nonrecurring basis, to adjust the carrying value for certain assets using fair value measurements. The Company’s equity method investments, cost method investments, and non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.

The Company did not measure any material non-financial assets or liabilities at fair value during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

 

 

9. Restructuring Activities

Restructuring charges primarily relate to employee separation packages. The amounts are calculated based on salary levels and past service periods. Severance costs are generally charged to earnings when planned employee terminations are approved.

A summary of the changes in the liabilities for restructuring activities is provided below:

 

 

 

Total

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Initiatives

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

99

 

Charges

 

 

89

 

Non cash charges and other adjustments

 

 

(3

)

Payments

 

 

(113

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

72

 

Charges

 

 

51

 

Non cash charges and other adjustments

 

 

(8

)

Payments

 

 

(77

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

38

 

Charges

 

 

105

 

Non cash charges and other adjustments

 

 

(1

)

Payments

 

 

(69

)

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

73

 

 

Of the $73 million in remaining liabilities for restructuring actions, $67 million is expected to be paid within one year and is classified as a current liability within the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016.

Productivity Initiatives  

The Company recorded $105 million in restructuring charges primarily relating to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives and contract termination costs during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The Company recorded $51 million and $89 million in restructuring charges primarily relating to employee severance associated with productivity initiatives during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

10. Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits

Nielsen sponsors both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans (the “Pension Plans”) and post-retirement medical plans for some if its employees in the Netherlands, the United States and other international locations. Pension costs, in respect of defined benefit pension plans, primarily represent the increase in the actuarial present value of the obligation for pension benefits based on employee service during the year and the interest on this obligation in respect of employee service in previous years, net of the expected return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the statement of operations, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed a certain threshold. Nielsen recognizes obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans as expenses in the statement of operations as they are incurred.

82


 

The determination of benefit obligations and expenses is based on actuarial models. In order to measure benefit costs and obligations using these models, critical assumptions are made with regard to the discount rate, the expected return on plan assets and the assumed rate of compensation increases. Nielsen provides retiree medical benefits to a limited number of participants in the U.S. Therefore, retiree medical care cost trend rates are not a significant driver of our post retirement costs. Management reviews these critical assumptions at least annually. Other assumptions involve demographic factors such as turnover, retirement and mortality rates. Management reviews these assumptions periodically and updates them as necessary.

The discount rate is the rate at which the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. For our U.S. plans, the discount rate is based on a bond portfolio that includes only long-term bonds with an Aa rating, or equivalent, from a major rating agency. For the Dutch and other non-U.S. plans, the discount rate is set by reference to market yields on high-quality corporate bonds. Nielsen believes the timing and amount of cash flows related to the bonds in these portfolios are expected to match the estimated payment benefit streams of our plans.

Effective January 1, 2016, the Company changed its approach to calculating the discount rate for its retirement benefit pension plans from a weighted-average yield curve approach to a spot-rate approach. Under the spot-rate approach, the Company uses individual spot rates along the yield curve that correspond with the timing of each future cash outflow for benefit payments in order to calculate interest cost and service cost within net periodic benefit costs. The spot-rate approach represents a more precise measurement of interest and service cost. The new approach represents a change in accounting estimate that is inseparable from a change in accounting principle and accordingly is accounted for prospectively.

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider, for each country, the structure of the asset portfolio and the expected rates of return for each of the components. For Nielsen’s U.S. plans, a 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on our principal plans by approximately $1 million per year. A similar 50 basis point decrease in the expected return on assets would increase pension expense on our principal Dutch plans by approximately $3 million per year. The Company assumed that the weighted-averages of long-term returns on our pension plans were 5.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 6.0% for each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The expected long-term rate of return is applied to the fair value of pension plan assets. The actual return on plan assets will vary year to year from this assumption. Although the actual return on plan assets will vary from year to year, it is appropriate to use long-term expected forecasts in selecting our expected return on plan assets. As such, there can be no assurance that the Company’s actual return on plan assets will approximate the long-term expected forecasts.

 

83


 

A summary of the activity for the Pension Plans follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

 

$

639

 

 

$

334

 

 

$

616

 

 

$

1,589

 

Service cost

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

14

 

Interest cost

 

 

11

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

40

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Actuarial losses

 

 

67

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

160

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(60

)

Expenses paid

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

Premiums paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Curtailments

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(5

)

Settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(8

)

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(86

)

Benefit obligation at end of period

 

 

669

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

629

 

 

 

1,642

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

 

622

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

1,384

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

42

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

96

 

Employer contributions

 

 

7

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

22

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(60

)

Expenses paid

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

Premiums paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Settlements

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(8

)

Insurance

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(20

)

 

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(71

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

 

625

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

1,365

 

Funded status

 

$

(44

)

 

$

(111

)

 

$

(122

)

 

$

(277

)

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension assets included in other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

21

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Accrued benefit liability included in other non-current liabilities

 

 

(44

)

 

 

(111

)

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(296

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

(44

)

 

$

(111

)

 

$

(122

)

 

$

(277

)

Amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

39

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

50

 

 

$

102

 

Settlement loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

Amortization of net loss

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(15

)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

34

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

44

 

 

$

85

 

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized losses

 

$

195

 

 

$

112

 

 

$

144

 

 

$

451

 

84


 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

 

$

784

 

 

$

380

 

 

$

698

 

 

$

1,862

 

Service cost

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

17

 

Interest cost

 

 

14

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

50

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Actuarial gains

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(88

)

Benefits paid

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(62

)

Expenses paid

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(4

)

Premiums paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Curtailments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(3

)

Settlements

 

 

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(52

)

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(132

)

Benefit obligation at end of period

 

 

639

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

1,589

 

Change in plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period

 

 

711

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

562

 

 

 

1,574

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

9

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

22

 

 

 

18

 

Employer contributions

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

25

 

Plan participants’ contributions

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(29

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(62

)

Expenses paid

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(4

)

Premiums paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Settlements

 

 

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(52

)

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(73

)

 

 

 

 

 

(43

)

 

 

(116

)

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

 

 

622

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

531

 

 

 

1,384

 

Funded status

 

$

(17

)

 

$

(103

)

 

$

(85

)

 

$

(205

)

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension assets included in other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

22

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(3

)

Accrued benefit liability included in other non-current liabilities

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(102

)

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(224

)

Net amount recognized

 

$

(17

)

 

$

(103

)

 

$

(85

)

 

$

(205

)

Amounts recognized Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss/(gain)

 

$

(54

)

 

$

30

 

 

$

(36

)

 

$

(60

)

Amortization of prior service costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Settlement loss

 

 

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(15

)

Amortization of net loss

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(7

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(23

)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

9

 

 

$

(44

)

 

$

(97

)

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss), before tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized losses

 

$

161

 

 

$

105

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

366

 

 

The total accumulated benefit obligation and minimum liability changes for the Pension Plans were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Accumulated benefit obligation.

 

$

1,622

 

 

$

1,548

 

 

$

1,803

 

85


 

 

 

 

Pension Plans with Accumulated

 

 

 

Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan

 

 

 

Assets at December 31, 2016

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

669

 

 

$

344

 

 

$

528

 

 

$

1,541

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

 

668

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

1,523

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

625

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Plans with Projected

 

 

 

Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan

 

 

 

Assets at December 31, 2016

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

669

 

 

$

344

 

 

$

528

 

 

$

1,541

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

 

668

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

1,523

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

625

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Plans with Accumulated

 

 

 

Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan

 

 

 

Assets at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

578

 

 

$

334

 

 

$

509

 

 

$

1,421

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

 

577

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

470

 

 

 

1,381

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

560

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

1,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pension Plans with Projected

 

 

 

Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan

 

 

 

Assets at December 31, 2015

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Projected benefit obligation

 

$

578

 

 

$

334

 

 

$

509

 

 

$

1,421

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

 

 

577

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

470

 

 

 

1,381

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

560

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

1,193

 

 

86


 

Net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, includes the following components:

 

 

 

Net Periodic Pension Costs

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

5

 

 

$

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

14

 

Interest cost

 

 

11

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

40

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(26

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(69

)

Curtailment gain recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Settlement loss recognized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Amortization of net loss

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

15

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

(5

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

1

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

4

 

 

$

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

17

 

Interest cost

 

 

14

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

50

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

(82

)

Settlement loss recognized

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

15

 

Amortization of prior service costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1

)

Amortization of net loss

 

 

8

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

23

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

(4

)

 

$

16

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

22

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

4

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

19

 

Interest cost

 

 

25

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

67

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(91

)

Settlement loss recognized

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

7

 

Amortization of net loss

 

 

5

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

12

 

Net periodic pension cost

 

$

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

The settlement loss of $2 million in 2016 resulted primarily from settling certain retiree liabilities in Germany. The settlement loss of $15 million in 2015 resulted primarily from lump- sum payments to deferred vested participants in the U.S. who elected to cash out their accrued benefit during a special offer.  

The deferred loss included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost during 2017 is as follows:

 

 

 

The

Netherlands

 

 

United

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Net actuarial loss

 

$

(7

)

 

$

(6

)

 

$

(10

)

 

$

(23

 

Actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the average remaining service lives for plans with active participants, and over the average remaining lives for legacy plans with no active participants.

The weighted average assumptions underlying the pension computations were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Pension benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—discount rate

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.8

%

—rate of compensation increase

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

2.0

%

Net periodic pension costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—discount rate

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

2.8

%

 

 

4.1

%

—rate of compensation increase

 

 

1.7

%

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

2.1

%

—expected long-term return on plan assets

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

6.0

%

 

87


 

The assumptions for the expected return on plan assets for the Pension Plans were based on a review of the historical returns of the asset classes in which the assets of the Pension Plans are invested and long-term economic forecast for the type of investments held by the plans.  The historical returns on these asset classes were weighted based on the expected long-term allocation of the assets of the Pension Plans.

Nielsen’s pension plans’ weighted average asset allocations by asset category are as follows:

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

At December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

25

%

 

 

55

%

 

 

34

%

 

 

34

%

Fixed income securities

 

 

57

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

47

 

Other

 

 

18

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

19

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

At December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities

 

 

25

%

 

 

54

%

 

 

42

%

 

 

36

%

Fixed income securities

 

 

59

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

50

 

Other

 

 

16

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

14

 

Total

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

No Nielsen shares are held by the Pension Plans.

Nielsen’s primary objective with regard to the investment of the Pension Plans’ assets is to ensure that in each individual plan, sufficient funds are available to satisfy future benefit obligations. For this purpose, asset and liability management studies are made periodically at each pension fund. For each of the Pension Plans, an appropriate mix is determined on the basis of the outcome of these studies, taking into account the national rules and regulations. The overall target asset allocation among all plans for 2016 was 40% equity securities and 45% long-term interest-earning investments (debt or fixed income securities), and 15% other investments.

Equity securities primarily include investments in U.S. and non U.S. companies. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries and mortgage-backed securities. Insurance contracts are categorized as level 3 and are valued based on contractual terms.

Assets at fair value (See Note 8 – “Fair Value Measurements” for additional information on fair value measurement and the underlying fair value hierarchy) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

Our fair value hierarchy shown below excludes investments using the NAV per share practical expedient. Application of the NAV per share practical expedient coincided with the change in investment management for one of the Company’s Pension Plans during 2016.

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Asset Category

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Cash and equivalents

 

$

19

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

8

 

Equity securities – U.S.

 

 

53

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

Equity securities – Global.

 

 

32

 

 

 

222

 

 

 

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

 

 

 

219

 

Equity securities – non-U.S.

 

 

6

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

 

192

 

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

33

 

Corporate bonds

 

 

127

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

 

 

 

376

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

 

 

 

514

 

Debt issued by national, state or
local government

 

 

36

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

144

 

Total assets at fair value, excluding NAV per share practical expedient at December 31,2016

 

$

273

 

 

$

712

 

 

$

167

 

 

$

1,152

 

 

 

219

 

 

$

1,002

 

 

$

163

 

 

$

1,384

 

 

88


 

The following presents our total fair value of plan assets including the NAV per share practical expedient:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

December 31, 2016

 

Fair value of investments, excluding NAV per share practical expedient.

 

$

1,152

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of investments, using NAV per share practical expedient

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

4

 

Equity securities – U.S.

 

 

26

 

Equity securities – Global.

 

 

29

 

Corporate debt securities or bonds.

 

 

19

 

Debt issued by national, state or local government

 

 

2

 

Liability driven investments

 

 

71

 

Real estate

 

 

7

 

Private equity and hedge funds

 

 

54

 

Insurance and other

 

 

1

 

Total assets at fair value including NAV per share practical expedient at December 31, 2016

 

$

1,365

 

 

The following is a summary of changes in the fair value of the Pension Plans’ Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Real Estate

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance, end of year December 31, 2014

 

$

39

 

 

$

88

 

 

$

127

 

Actual return on plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Sales)/investments

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

45

 

Unrealized gains

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(13

)

Balance, end of year December 31, 2015

 

$

33

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

163

 

Actual return on plan assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Unrealized gains

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

Effect of foreign currency translation

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

(13

)

Balance, end of year December 31, 2016

 

$

38

 

 

$

129

 

 

$

167

 

 

Real estate investment valuations require significant judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, the inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such assets. These assets are initially valued at cost and are reviewed periodically utilizing available and relevant market data to determine if the carrying value of these assets should be adjusted. The valuation methodology is applied consistently from period to period.

 

Other types of investments categorized as Level 3 are primarily insurance contracts and are valued based on contractual terms.

 

In 2016, the Company adopted ASU No. 2015-07, Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent), which removed the requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy, investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient.  The adoption of this ASU did not impact the 2015 presentation.

Contributions to the Pension Plans in 2017 are expected to be approximately $3 million for the Netherlands plan, $3 million for the U.S. plan and $15 million for other plans.

89


 

Estimated future benefit payments are as follows:

 

 

 

The

 

 

United

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Netherlands

 

 

States

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

For the years ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

28

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

18

 

 

$

60

 

2018

 

 

28

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

60

 

2019

 

 

28

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

61

 

2020

 

 

28

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

63

 

2021

 

 

28

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

65

 

2022-2026

 

 

141

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

359

 

 

Defined Contribution Plans

Nielsen also offers defined contribution plans to certain participants, primarily in the United States. Nielsen’s expense related to these plans was $49 million, $47 million and $45 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In the United States, Nielsen contributes cash to each employee’s account in an amount up to 3% of compensation (subject to IRS limitations).  No contributions are made in shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

 

90


 

11. Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements

Unless otherwise stated, interest rates are as of December 31, 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

 

Interest

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Value

 

 

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Value

 

$1,580 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.29% ) due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,455

 

 

$

1,454

 

$2,080 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.65%) due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,768

 

 

 

1,785

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$500 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 2.54%) due 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

492

 

 

 

492

 

$1,100 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.29% ) due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

1,082

 

$1,900 million Senior secured term loan (LIBOR based variable rate of 3.15% ) due 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,892

 

 

 

1,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

€286 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 2.82%) due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

306

 

€380 million Senior secured term loan (Euro LIBOR based variable rate of 2.11%) due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$575 million Senior secured revolving credit facility (Euro LIBOR or LIBOR based variable rate) due 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

163

 

Total senior secured credit facilities (with weighted-average
interest rate)

 

 

2.95

%

 

 

4,059

 

 

 

4,109

 

 

 

2.78

%

 

 

3,496

 

 

 

3,497

 

$800 million 4.50% senior debenture loan due 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

794

 

 

 

813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

792

 

 

 

808

 

$625 million 5.50% senior debenture loan due 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

618

 

 

 

648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

617

 

 

 

640

 

$2,300 million 5.00% senior debenture loan due 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,285

 

 

 

2,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,284

 

 

 

2,270

 

Total debenture loans (with weighted-average interest rate)

 

 

5.22

%

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

3,802

 

 

 

5.22

%

 

 

3,693

 

 

 

3,718

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

4.04

%

 

 

7,763

 

 

 

7,918

 

 

 

4.04

%

 

 

7,196

 

 

 

7,222

 

Capital lease and other financing obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

 

Bank Overdrafts

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt and other financing arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,338

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease and other financing obligations and other short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease and other financing obligations

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt instruments was based on the yield on public debt where available or current borrowing rates available for financings with similar terms and maturities and such fair value measurements are considered Level 1 or Level 2 in nature, respectively.

The carrying value of Nielsen’s long-term debt are denominated in the following currencies:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

U.S. Dollars

 

$

7,364

 

 

$

6,891

 

Euro

 

 

399

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

$

7,763

 

 

$

7,196

 

91


 

 

Annual maturities of Nielsen’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

143

 

2018

 

$

278

 

2019

 

$

1,397

 

2020

 

$

814

 

2021

 

$

1,021

 

Thereafter

 

$

4,110

 

 

 

$

7,763

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Term Loan Facilities

In April 2014, certain of Nielsen’s subsidiaries entered into the Fourth Amended and Restated Senior Secured Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”; and as subsequently amended, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement provides for term loan facilities as shown in the table above.

In March 2016, Nielsen entered into an amendment to Nielsen’s Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, providing for additional Class A Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $500 million, maturing in full in April 2019 (the “Additional Class A Term Loans”). The Additional Class A Term Loans are required to be repaid in quarterly installments ranging from 1.369% to 4.11% of the original principal amount (as may be reduced as a result of voluntary prepayments), with the balance payable on the maturity date. The Additional Class A Term Loans bear interest equal to, at Nielsen’s election, a base rate or eurocurrency rate, in each case plus an applicable margin which ranges from 0.50% to 1.25% (in the case of base rate loans) or 1.50% to 2.25% (in the case of eurocurrency rate loans).  The specific applicable margin is determined by Nielsen’s total leverage ratio (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement).  This amendment was accounted for as a modification of the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

In October 2016, Nielsen entered into a second amendment to the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, providing for (i) an incremental facility of Class B-2 Euro Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of €380 million, the proceeds of which were used to replace or refinance the existing Class B-2 Euro Term Loans and to repay certain other indebtedness, and (ii) a new class of term loans, Class B-3 Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900 million, the proceeds of which were used to replace or refinance in full a like amount of Nielsen’s applicable existing Class B-1 Term Loans that were maturing in May 2017 and Class B-2 Dollar Term Loans that were maturing in April 2021 and to repay certain other indebtedness.

 

The incremental Class B-2 Euro Term Loans will mature in full in April 2021 and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of incremental Class B-2 Euro Term Loans, with the balance payable in April 2021. The Class B-3 Term Loans will mature in full in October 2023 and are required to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in an aggregate annual amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of Class B-3 Term Loans, with the balance payable in October 2023.

 

Class B-2 Euro Term Loans will bear interest equal to the Eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin, which is equal to 2.50%. Class B-3 Term Loans bear interest equal to, at Nielsen’s election, a base rate or eurocurrency rate plus an applicable margin, which is equal to 2.50% (in the case of eurocurrency loans) or 1.50% (in the case of base rate loans). This amendment was accounted for as a modification of the Amended Credit Agreement.

 

The Amended Credit Agreement contains the same affirmative and negative covenants as those of the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement prior to the 2016 amendments.

Obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are guaranteed by TNC B.V., substantially all of the wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V. and certain of the non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries of TNC B.V., and are secured by substantially all of the existing and future property and assets of the U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V. and by a pledge of substantially all of the capital stock of the guarantors, the capital stock of substantially all of the U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V., and up to 65% of the capital stock of certain of the non-U.S. subsidiaries of TNC B.V. Under a separate security agreement, substantially all of the assets of TNC B.V. are pledged as collateral for amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Agreement.

92


 

Covenants

The Amended Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. and its restricted subsidiaries (which together constitute most of Nielsen’s subsidiaries) to incur additional indebtedness or guarantees, incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions, make certain loans and investments, declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock, engage in certain mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations, prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, sell certain assets, transact with affiliates, enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions and alter the business they conduct. These entities are restricted, subject to certain exceptions, in their ability to transfer their net assets to us. Such restricted net assets amounted to approximately $4.2 billion at December 31, 2016. In addition, these entities are subject to a total leverage covenant. The leverage ratio requires that Nielsen not permit the ratio of total net debt (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) at the end of any calendar quarter to Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) for the four quarters then ended to exceed a specified threshold. The maximum permitted ratio is 5.50 to 1.00. Neither Nielsen nor TNC B.V. is currently bound by any financial or negative covenants contained in the Amended Credit Agreement. The Amended Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Certain significant financial covenants are described further below.

Failure to comply with this financial covenant would result in an event of default under Nielsen’s Amended Credit Agreement unless waived by certain of Nielsen’s term lenders and the Company’s revolving lenders. An event of default under Nielsen’s Amended Credit Agreement can result in the acceleration of Nielsen’s indebtedness under the facilities, which in turn would result in an event of default and possible acceleration of indebtedness under the agreements governing Nielsen’sb debt securities as well. As Nielsen’s failure to comply with the financial covenant described above can cause the Company to go into default under the agreements governing Nielsen’s indebtedness, management believes that Nielsen’s Amended Credit Agreement and this covenant are material to Nielsen. As of December 31, 2016, Nielsen was in full compliance with the financial covenant described above.

Pursuant to Nielsen’s Amended Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to making mandatory prep ayments on the term loans within Nielsen’s Amended Credit Agreement to the extent in any full calendar year Nielsen generate Excess Cash Flow (“ECF”), as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement. The percentage of ECF that must be applied as a repayment is a function of several factors, including Nielsen’s ratio of total net debt to Covenant EBITDA, as well other adjustments, including any voluntary term loan repayments made in the course of the calendar year. To the extent any mandatory repayment is required pursuant to this ECF clause; such payment must generally occur on or around the time of the delivery of the annual consolidated financial statements to the lenders. At December 31, 2016, Nielsen’s ratio of total net debt to Covenant EBITDA was less than 5.00 to 1.00 and therefore no mandatory repayment was required. Nielsen’s next ECF measurement date will occur upon completion of the 2017 results, and although Nielsen do not expect to be required to issue any mandatory repayments in 2018 or beyond, it is uncertain at this time if any such payments will be required in future periods.

Revolving Credit Facility

The Amended Credit Agreement also contains a senior secured revolving credit facility under which Nielsen Finance LLC, TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., and Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. can borrow revolving loans. The revolving credit facility can also be used for letters of credit, guarantees and swingline loans. The existing revolving credit facility has commitments of $575 million with a final maturity of April 2019.

The senior secured revolving credit facility is provided under the Amended Credit Agreement and so contains covenants and restrictions as noted under the “Term loan facilities” section above. Obligations under the revolving credit facility are guaranteed by the same entities that guarantee obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement and Senior Secured Loan Agreement.

As of December 31, 2016, Nielsen had zero borrowings outstanding and outstanding letters of credit of $6 million.  As of December 31, 2015, Nielsen had $164 million of borrowings outstanding and outstanding letters of credit of $7 million. As of December 31, 2016, Nielsen had $569 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility.

Debenture Loans

The indentures governing the Senior Notes limit the majority of Nielsen’s subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase its capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, use assets as security in other transactions and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies subject to certain exceptions. Upon a change in control, Nielsen is required to make an offer to redeem all of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the 101% of the aggregate accreted principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The Senior Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed by Nielsen, substantially all of the wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries of Nielsen, and certain of the non-U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries of Nielsen.

93


 

In February 2015, Nielsen completed the issuance of $750 million aggregate principal amount of its 5.0% Senior Notes due 2022. The notes are traded interchangeably with the $750 million and the $800 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2022 issued in April 2014 and July 2014, respectively.  The proceeds from the issuances have been used to make repurchases of Nielsen’s outstanding common stock from time to time, in the open market or otherwise, pursuant to Nielsen’s existing share repurchase program, to reduce outstanding amounts under its revolving credit facility, to pay related fees and expenses, and for general corporate purposes.

In April 2014, Nielsen completed the issuance of $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes due 2022 at par.

In May 2014, the Company completed the redemption of $280 million in principal amount of its then currently outstanding $1,080 million aggregate principal amount of 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus an applicable “make-whole” premium.

In July 2014, Nielsen completed the issuance of an additional $800 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes due 2022.  The notes are traded interchangeably with the $750 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2022 issued in April 2014. In addition, in July 2014, the Company redeemed the remaining $800 million of outstanding 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus an applicable “make-whole” premium. As a result of these transactions, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $51 million during 2014 to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations primarily related to the “make-whole” premium associated with the note redemption, as well as the write-off of certain previously capitalized debt financing fees associated with the 7.75% Senior Notes.

Subsequent Event

In January 2017, Nielsen completed the issuance of $500 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes due 2025 at par, with cash proceeds of approximately $495 million, net of fees and expenses.

Other Transactions

Effective July 1, 2010, the Company designated its Euro denominated variable rate senior secured term loans as non-derivative hedges of its net investment in a European subsidiary. Gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the Euro as compared to the U.S. Dollar associated with this debenture were recorded to the cumulative translation adjustment within stockholders’ equity, net of income tax.

Debt-Issuance Costs

The costs related to the issuance of debt are presented as a deduction from the corresponding debt liability and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the life of the related debt.  

Capital Lease and Other Obligations

Nielsen finances certain computer equipment, software, buildings and automobiles under capital leases and related transactions. These arrangements do not include terms of renewal, purchase options, or escalation clauses.

Assets under capital lease are recorded within property, plant and equipment. See Note 7 – “Property, Plant and Equipment.”

94


 

Future minimum capital lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases at December 31, 2016 are as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

 

 

 

2017

 

$

48

 

2018

 

 

48

 

2019

 

 

30

 

2020

 

 

21

 

2021

 

 

13

 

Thereafter

 

 

33

 

Total

 

 

193

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

35

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

 

$

158

 

Current portion

 

$

38

 

Total non-current portion

 

 

120

 

Present value of minimum lease payments

 

$

158

 

  

 

Capital leases and other financing transactions have effective interest rates primarily ranging from 4.5% to 10%. Interest expense recorded related to capital leases and other financing transactions during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $11 million, $8 million and $8 million, respectively. Nielsen recognizes rental income from non-cancelable subleases. The total aggregate future rental income proceeds to be received under the non-cancelable subleases are $2 million.

 

 

12. Stockholders’ Equity

Common stock activity is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Actual number of shares of common stock outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

 

362,338,369

 

 

 

372,757,598

 

 

 

378,635,464

 

Shares of common stock issued through business combinations

 

 

 

 

 

52,698

 

 

 

75,083

 

Shares of common stock issued through compensation plans

 

 

3,482,699

 

 

 

4,107,501

 

 

 

4,940,195

 

Shares held for stock compensation plans

 

 

(280,339

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(8,075,115

)

 

 

(14,579,428

)

 

 

(10,893,144

)

End of period

 

 

357,465,614

 

 

 

362,338,369

 

 

 

372,757,598

 

 

On January 31, 2013, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) adopted a cash dividend policy to pay quarterly cash dividends on its outstanding common stock. The following table represents the cash dividends declared by the Board and paid for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.  

 

  

Declaration Date

 

Record Date

 

Payment Date

 

Dividend Per Share

 

February 19, 2015

 

March 5, 2015

 

March 19, 2015

 

$

0.25

 

April 20, 2015

 

June 4, 2015

 

June 18, 2015

 

$

0.28

 

July 23, 2015

 

August 27, 2015

 

September 10, 2015

 

$

0.28

 

October 29, 2015

 

November 24, 2015

 

December 8, 2015

 

$

0.28

 

February 18, 2016

 

March 3, 2016

 

March 17, 2016

 

$

0.28

 

April 19, 2016

 

June 2, 2016

 

June 16, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

July 21, 2016

 

August 25, 2016

 

September 8, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

October 20, 2016

 

November 22, 2016

 

December 6, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

 

The dividend policy and payment of future cash dividends are subject to the discretion of the Board.

95


 

Nielsen’s Board approved a share repurchase program, as included in the below table, for up to $2 billion of our outstanding common stock. The primary purpose of the program is to return value to shareholders and to mitigate dilution associated with our equity compensation plans.

 

Board Approval

 

Share

Repurchase

Authorization

($ in millions)

July 25, 2013

 

$

500

October 23, 2014

 

$

1,000

December 11, 2015

  

$

500

Total Share Repurchase Authorization

  

$

2,000

 

Repurchases under these plans will be made in accordance with applicable securities laws from time to time in the open market or otherwise depending on our evaluation of market conditions and other factors. This program has been executed within the limitations of the existing authority granted at Nielsen’s Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in 2015 and 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, there have been 33,837,526 shares of our common stock purchased at an average price of $46.16 per share (total consideration of approximately $1,562 million) under this program.

The activity for the year ended December 31, 2016 consisted of open market share repurchases and is summarized in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased as

 

 

Dollar Value of Shares

 

 

 

Total Number

 

 

Average

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

 

that may yet be

 

 

 

of Shares

 

 

Price Paid

 

 

Announced Plans

 

 

Purchased under the

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

 

per Share

 

 

or Programs

 

 

Plans or Programs

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

25,762,411

 

 

$

44.43

 

 

 

25,762,411

 

 

$

855,495,985

 

2016 Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1- 31

 

 

628,054

 

 

$

45.62

 

 

 

628,054

 

 

$

826,841,315

 

February 1- 28

 

 

687,473

 

 

$

47.41

 

 

 

687,473

 

 

$

794,246,197

 

March 1- 31

 

 

429,617

 

 

$

51.48

 

 

 

429,617

 

 

$

772,128,085

 

April 1-30

 

 

1,368,352

 

 

$

52.91

 

 

 

1,368,352

 

 

$

699,730,694

 

May 1-31

 

 

1,320,614

 

 

$

52.23

 

 

 

1,320,614

 

 

$

630,761,673

 

June 1-30

 

 

1,478,685

 

 

$

53.84

 

 

 

1,478,685

 

 

$

551,145,264

 

July 1-31

 

 

1,286,936

 

 

$

53.66

 

 

 

1,286,936

 

 

$

482,094,449

 

August 1-31

 

 

224,800

 

 

$

53.61

 

 

 

224,800

 

 

$

470,042,455

 

September 1-30

 

 

183,968

 

 

$

53.01

 

 

 

183,968

 

 

$

460,290,434

 

October 1-31

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

51.73

 

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

453,051,573

 

November 1-30

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

46.17

 

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

December 1-31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

Total

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

46.16

 

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsequent Event

On February 16, 2017, the Board declared a cash dividend of $0.31 per share on the Company’s common stock.  The dividend is payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 2017.

 

 

96


 

13. Stock-Based Compensation

Nielsen measures the cost of all stock-based payments, including stock options, at fair value on the grant date and recognizes such costs within the consolidated statements of operations; however, no expense is recognized for stock-based payments that do not ultimately vest. Nielsen recognizes the expense of its options that cliff vest using the straight-line method. For those that vest over time, an accelerated graded vesting is used. The Company recorded $51 million, $48 million and $47 million of expense associated with stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

In connection with the Valcon Acquisition, Nielsen implemented an equity-based, management compensation plan (“Equity Participation Plan” or “EPP”) to align compensation for certain key executives with the performance of the Company. Under this plan, certain of the Company’s executives may be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and dividend equivalent rights in the shares of the Company or purchase its shares.  In connection with the completion of Nielsen’s initial public offering of common stock on January 31, 2011 (and further amended), the Company implemented the Nielsen 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”) and suspended further grants under the EPP.  The Stock Incentive Plan is the source of new equity-based awards permitting the Company to grant to its key employees, directors and other service providers the following types of awards:  incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other awards valued in whole or in part by reference to shares of Nielsen’s common stock and performance-based awards denominated in shares or cash.  

Under the Stock Incentive Plan, Nielsen granted 1,643,144 and 1,609,170 time-based stock options to purchase shares during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  As of December 31, 2016, the total number of shares authorized for award of options or other equity-based awards was 44,095,000 under the Stock Incentive Plan.  The 2016, 2015 and 2014 time-based awards become exercisable over a four-year vesting period at a rate of 25 % per year on the anniversary day of the award, and are tied to the executives’ continuing employment.

The fair values of the granted time-based awards granted during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the expected volatility based on the Company’s historical volatility.  

The following assumptions were used during 2016, 2015 and 2014:  

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Expected life (years)

 

 

4.50-5.25

 

 

 

4.50-5.25

 

 

 

3.00-5.25

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

1.19-1.92

%

 

 

1.27-1.58

%

 

 

0.87-1.66

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

2.29- 2.90

%

 

 

2.18- 2.45

%

 

 

1.77- 2.39

%

Expected volatility

 

 

20.02-23.44

%

 

 

23.44-23.70

%

 

 

23.50-25.32

%

Weighted average volatility

 

 

20.89

%

 

 

23.56

%

 

 

23.99

%

 

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $51 million, $48 million and $47 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The tax benefit related to the stock compensation expense was $13 million, $13 million and $15 million, for the respective periods.

97


 

Nielsen’s stock option plan activity is summarized below:

 

 

 

Number of Options
(Time Based and
Performance Based)

 

 

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in
Years

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value in
Millions

 

Stock Option Plan activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

 

17,096,761

 

 

 

25.78

 

 

 

4.61

 

 

$

344

 

Granted

 

 

2,448,100

 

 

 

42.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(798,279

)

 

 

(29.57

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(4,219,122

)

 

 

(24.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

14,527,460

 

 

$

28.80

 

 

 

4.29

 

 

$

231

 

Granted

 

 

1,609,170

 

 

 

48.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,808,315

)

 

 

(30.59

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(3,779,137

)

 

 

(21.84

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

 

10,549,178

 

 

$

33.96

 

 

 

4.16

 

 

$

136

 

Granted

 

 

1,643,144

 

 

 

53.99

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(577,618

)

 

 

(33.51

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(3,456,536

)

 

 

(28.85

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

8,158,168

 

 

$

40.19

 

 

 

4.43

 

 

$

43

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

 

 

4,319,125

 

 

$

32.92

 

 

 

3.18

 

 

$

41

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the weighted-average grant date fair value of the options granted was $7.78, $8.13 and $7.13, respectively, and the aggregate fair value of options vested was $12 million, $21 million and $21 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2016, there is approximately $17 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to stock options which the Company expects to record as stock-based compensation expense over the next four years. The compensation expense related to the time-based awards is amortized over the term of the award using the graded vesting method.

The intrinsic value of the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $77 million, $94 million and $94 million, respectively.  For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash proceeds from the exercise of options was $103 million.  

 

98


 

Activity of Nielsen’s restricted stock units (RSUs) that are ultimately payable in shares of common stock granted under the Stock Incentive Plan is summarized below:

 

 

 

Number of
RSUs

 

 

Weighted-Average
Grant Date

Fair Value

 

RSU activity

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

 

  

1,307,893

 

 

$

30.53

 

Granted

 

  

526,857

 

 

 

42.74

 

Forfeited

 

  

(113,903

)

 

 

30.55

 

Vested

 

  

(412,845

)

 

 

28.53

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2014

 

  

 1,308,002

 

 

$

35.90

 

Granted

 

  

 851,088

 

 

 

47.29

 

Forfeited

 

  

 (200,217

)

 

 

37.20

 

Vested

 

  

 (452,106

)

 

 

34.19

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2015

 

  

 1,506,767

 

 

$

42.48

 

Granted

 

  

 512,676

 

 

 

53.94

 

Forfeited

 

  

 (104,822

)

 

 

43.26

 

Vested

 

  

 (558,228

)

 

 

39.21

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

 

  

 1,356,393

 

 

$

47.69

 

The awards vest at a rate of 25% per year over four years on the anniversary day of the award.    

As of December 31, 2016, approximately $36 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to unvested RSUs (net of estimated forfeitures) is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company granted 331,830, 381,576 and  333,700    performance restricted stock units, respectively, representing the target number of performance restricted stock subject to the award.   The weighted average grant date fair value of the awards in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $50.89, $45.37 and $50.50 per share. For the performance restricted stock units granted in 2016, the total number of performance restricted stock units to be earned is subject to achievement of cumulative performance goals for the three year period ending December 31, 2018.  For the performance restricted stock units granted in 2015, the total number of performance restricted stock units to be earned is subject to achievement of cumulative performance goals for the three year period ending December 31, 2017. For the performance restricted stock units granted in 2014, the total number of performance restricted stock units to be earned is subject to achievement of cumulative performance goals for the three year period ending December 31, 2016.  Forty percent of the target award will be determined based on the Company’s relative total shareholder return and sixty percent of the target award will be determined based on free cash flow achievements.  The maximum payout is 200% of target.  The fair value of the target award related to free cash flow was the fair value on the date of the grant, and the fair value of the target awards related to relative shareholder return was based on the Monte Carlo model. As of December 31, 2015, there is approximately $16 million of unearned stock-based compensation related to unvested performance restricted stock (net of estimated forfeitures). The compensation expense is amortized over the term of the award, which is 3 years after the grant date.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company granted 66,581, 96,282 and 117,520 bonus restricted share units, respectively, in lieu of a portion of the cash bonus due to certain executives.  The awards vest at 50% on the first and second anniversary day of the award.  The weighted average grant date fair value of the awards in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $47.85, $45.28 and $45.13 per share.  As of December 31, 2016, there is approximately $1 million of unearned stock-based compensation expense related to unvested bonus restricted share units (net of estimated forfeitures).  The compensation expense is amortized over the requisite service periods of two and three years.

In 2016, the Company implemented the Nielsen Holdings plc 2016 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the ESPP) and 2,000,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the ESPP.  There were no shares issued under the ESPP in 2016.

 

 

99


 

14. Income Taxes

Nielsen provides for income taxes utilizing the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each balance sheet date, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that future tax benefits associated with a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is provided. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as an adjustment to income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Such tax positions are, based solely on their technical merits, more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities and reflect the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority with full knowledge of all relevant information. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

 

The components of income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates, were:

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2016

 

  

2015

 

  

2014

 

UK (2016-2015), Dutch (2014)

 

$

(3

)

 

$

16

 

 

$

17

 

Non-UK (2016-2015), Non-Dutch (2014)

 

 

819

 

 

 

945

 

 

 

604

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

 

$

816

 

 

$

961

 

 

$

621

 

The above amounts for UK and non-UK or Dutch and non-Dutch activities were determined based on the location of the taxing authorities.

The provision for income taxes attributable to the income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates consisted of:

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK (2016-2015), Dutch (2014)

 

$

 

 

$

(6

)

 

$

4

 

Non-UK (2016-2015), Non-Dutch (2014).

 

 

221

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

131

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK (2016-2015), Dutch (2014)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

Non-UK (2016-2015), Non-Dutch (2014)

 

 

87

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

213

 

 

 

105

 

Total

 

$

309

 

 

$

383

 

 

$

236

 

100


 

The Company’s provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was different from the amount computed by applying the statutory UK or Dutch federal income tax rates to the underlying income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates as a result of the following:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

 

$

816

 

 

$

961

 

 

$

621

 

UK (2016-2015), Dutch (2014) statutory tax rate

 

 

20.00

%

 

 

20.25

%

 

 

25.0

%

Provision for income taxes at the UK (2016-2015), Dutch (2014)  statutory rate

 

$

163

 

 

$

195

 

 

$

155

 

Tax impact on distributions from foreign subsidiaries

 

 

24

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

4

 

Effect of operations in non-UK and non-Dutch jurisdictions

 

 

71

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

19

 

Tax impact of global licensing arrangements

 

 

74

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

84

 

U.S. state and local taxation

 

 

30

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

21

 

Withholding and other taxation

 

 

39

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

38

 

Effect of global financing activities

 

 

(71

)

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(84

)

Changes in estimates for uncertain tax positions

 

 

(9

)

 

 

8

 

 

 

(1

)

Changes in valuation allowances

 

 

(29

)

 

 

17

 

 

 

(21

)

Effect of change in deferred tax rates

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

(19

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

35

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

19

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

309

 

 

$

383

 

 

$

236

 

Effective tax rate

 

 

37.9

%

 

 

39.8

%

 

 

38.0

%

 

The components of current and non-current deferred income tax assets/(liabilities) were:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

Deferred tax assets (on balance):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

179

 

 

$

181

 

Interest expense limitation

 

 

654

 

 

 

734

 

Employee benefits

 

 

91

 

 

 

72

 

Tax credit carryforwards

 

 

130

 

 

 

142

 

Stock-based payments

 

 

32

 

 

 

41

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

57

 

 

 

39

 

Other assets

 

 

29

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

1,172

 

 

 

1,264

 

Valuation allowances

 

 

(112

)

 

 

(144

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances

 

 

1,060

  

 

 

1,120

 

Deferred tax liabilities (on balance):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

(1,591

)

 

 

(1,640

)

Fixed asset depreciation

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(49

)

Computer software

 

 

(301

)

 

 

(280

)

Deferred revenues/costs

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Financial instruments

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(6

)

Unrealized gain on investments

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(73

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(58

)

 

 

 

(2,108

)

 

 

(2,116

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(1,048

)

 

$

(996

)

 

Realization of deferred tax assets is based, in part, on Nielsen’s judgment and various factors including reversal of deferred tax liabilities, Nielsen’s ability to generate future taxable income in jurisdictions where such assets have arisen and potential tax planning strategies. Valuation allowances are recorded in order to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized in the future.

101


 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $788 million and $807 million, respectively, which began to expire in 2017. In addition, the Company had tax credit carryforwards of approximately $130 million and $157 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which began to expire in 2017.

In certain jurisdictions, the Company has operating losses and other tax attributes that, due to the uncertainty of achieving sufficient profits to utilize these operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, the Company currently believes it is more likely than not that a portion of these losses will not be realized. Therefore, the Company has a valuation allowance of approximately $99 million and $124 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, related to these net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards. In addition, the Company has valuation allowances of $13 million and $20 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, on deferred tax assets related to other temporary differences, which the Company currently believes will not be realized.

As a consequence of the significant restructuring of the ownership of the Nielsen non-U.S. subsidiaries in 2007 and 2008 the Company has determined that as of December 31, 2016 no income taxes are required to be provided for on the approximately $3.0 billion, which is the excess of the book value of its investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries over the corresponding tax basis. Certain of these differences can be eliminated in a tax neutral manner at a future date.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had gross uncertain tax positions of $432 million and $461 million, respectively. The Company has also accrued interest and penalties associated with these unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 of $33 million and $34 million, respectively. Estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes is classified as a component of benefit (provision) for income taxes in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. It is reasonably possible that a reduction in a range of $12 million to $20 million of uncertain tax positions may occur within the next twelve months as a result of projected resolutions of worldwide tax disputes and expirations of statute of limitations in various jurisdictions.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

December 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

 

December 31,

2014

 

Balance as of the beginning of period

 

$

461

 

 

$

452

 

 

$

475

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

15

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

14

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

7

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

12

 

Reductions for lapses of statute of limitations

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(12

)

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(37

)

Balance as of the end of the period

 

$

432

 

 

$

461

 

 

$

452

 

If the balance of the Company’s uncertain tax positions is sustained by the taxing authorities in the Company’s favor, the reversal of the entire balance would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate in future periods.

The Company files numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal income tax examinations for 2006 and prior periods. In addition, the Company has subsidiaries in various states, provinces and countries that are currently under audit for years ranging from 1998 through 2015.

 

 

15. Investments in Affiliates and Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions with Affiliates

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Nielsen had investments in affiliates of $16 million and $13 million, respectively.

Obligations between Nielsen and its affiliates are regularly settled in cash in the ordinary course of business. Nielsen had net receivables from its affiliates of approximately $2 million and $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

On October 1, 2015, Nielsen acquired an additional 13.5% of NCS, a joint venture between Nielsen and Catalina for $40 million, net of cash acquired. The joint venture was historically accounted for under the equity method of accounting. As part of this transaction we gained control of NCS, as such accounted for it as a step-acquisition and calculated the fair value of the investment immediately before the acquisition to be $161 million. As a result, during the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recorded a $158 million gain on the investment in NCS to other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations. Commencing October 1, 2015, NCS was included as a consolidated subsidiary within Nielsen’s consolidated financial statements.

 

102


 

 

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases and Other Contractual Arrangements

In February 2013, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement (the “MSA”), dated as of October 1, 2007 with Tata America International Corporation and Tata Consultancy Services Limited (jointly, “TCS”). The term of the MSA has been extended for an additional three years, so as to expire on December 31, 2020, with a one-year renewal option granted to Nielsen. In addition, the Company has increased its commitment to purchase services from TCS (the “Minimum Commitment”) from $1.0 billion to $2.5 billion over the life of the contract (from October 1, 2007), including a commitment to purchase at least $100 million in services per year until calendar year 2020 when the per year commitment is reduced to $75 million, (the “Annual Commitment”). Nielsen met the Minimum Commitment in 2016. TCS’s charges under the separate Global Infrastructure Services Agreement between the parties will be credited against the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment. TCS will continue to globally provide the Company with professional services relating to information technology (including application development and maintenance), business process outsourcing, client service knowledge process outsourcing, measurement sciences, analytics, and financial planning and analytics. As Nielsen orders specific services under the Agreement, the parties will execute Statements of Work (“SOWs”) describing the specific scope of the services to be performed by TCS. The amount of the Minimum Commitment and the Annual Commitment may be reduced on the occurrence of certain events, some of which also provide the Company with the right to terminate the Agreement or SOWs, as applicable.

Nielsen has also entered into operating leases and other contractual obligations to secure real estate facilities, agreements to purchase data processing services and leases of computers and other equipment used in the ordinary course of business and various outsourcing contracts. These agreements are not unilaterally cancelable by Nielsen, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices.

The amounts presented below represent the minimum annual payments under Nielsen’s purchase obligations that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year. These purchase obligations include data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing.

 

 

 

For the Years Ending December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

Operating leases

 

$

85

 

 

$

69

 

 

$

53

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

26

 

 

$

73

 

 

$

341

 

Other contractual obligations(a)

 

 

289

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

775

 

Total

 

$

374

 

 

$

281

 

 

$

206

 

 

$

141

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

79

 

 

$

1,116

 

 

(a)

Other contractual obligations represent obligations under agreement, which are not unilaterally cancelable by Nielsen, are legally enforceable and specify fixed or minimum amounts or quantities of goods or services at fixed or minimum prices. Nielsen generally requires purchase orders for vendor and third party spending. The amounts presented above represent the minimum future annual services covered by purchase obligations including data processing, building maintenance, equipment purchasing, photocopiers, land and mobile telephone service, computer software and hardware maintenance, and outsourcing. Nielsen’s remaining commitments as of December 31, 2016, under the outsourced services agreement with TCS have been included above based on the Annual Commitment minimum required payments.

Total expenses incurred under operating leases were $79 million, $76 million and $81 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Nielsen recognized rental income received under subleases of $8 million, $9 million and $11 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. At December 31, 2016, Nielsen had aggregate future proceeds to be received under non-cancelable subleases of $15 million.

Nielsen also has minimum commitments under non-cancelable capital leases. See Note 11 “Long-term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for further discussion.

 

103


 

Guarantees and Other Contingent Commitments

At December 31, 2016, Nielsen was committed under the following significant guarantee arrangements:

Sub-lease guarantees

Nielsen provides sub-lease guarantees in accordance with certain agreements pursuant to which Nielsen guarantees all rental payments upon default of rental payment by the sub-lessee. To date, the Company has not been required to perform under such arrangements, does not anticipate making any significant payments related to such guarantees and, accordingly, no amounts have been recorded.

Letters of credit

Letters of credit issued and outstanding amount to $6 million and $7 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

Nielsen is subject to litigation and other claims in the ordinary course of business, some of which include claims for substantial sums. Accruals have been recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be determined, the Company does expect that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on its operations or financial condition. However, depending on the amount and the timing, an unfavorable resolution of some or all of these matters could materially affect the Company’s future results of operations or cash flows in a particular period.

 

 

17. Segments

The Company aligns its operating segments in order to conform to management’s internal reporting structure, which is reflective of service offerings by industry. Management aggregates such operating segments into two reporting segments: what consumers buy, consisting principally of market research information and analytical services, and what consumers watch and listen to, consisting principally of television, radio, online and mobile audience and advertising measurement services and corresponding analytics.

Corporate consists principally of unallocated items such as certain facilities and infrastructure costs as well as intersegment eliminations. Certain corporate costs, other than those described in Item 7 “Management Discussion and Analysis”, including those related to selling, finance, legal, human resources, and information technology systems, are considered operating costs and are allocated to the Company’s segments based on either the actual amount of costs incurred or on a basis consistent with the operations of the underlying segment. Information with respect to the operations of each of Nielsen’s business segments is set forth below based on the nature of the services offered and geographic areas of operations.

104


 

Business Segment Information

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

3,322

 

 

$

3,345

 

 

$

3,523

 

Watch

 

 

2,987

 

 

 

2,827

 

 

 

2,765

 

Total

 

$

6,309

 

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

6,288

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Business segment income/(loss)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

623

 

 

$

624

 

 

$

658

 

Watch

 

 

1,352

 

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

1,214

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

(35

)

Total

 

$

1,938

 

 

$

1,858

 

 

$

1,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

212

 

 

$

207

 

 

$

224

 

Watch

 

 

387

 

 

 

363

 

 

 

343

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

Total

 

$

603

 

 

$

574

 

 

$

573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

61

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

64

 

Watch

 

 

18

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

26

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

11

 

Total

 

$

105

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

16

 

 

$

15

 

 

$

14

 

Watch

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

10

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

25

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

23

 

Total

 

$

51

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Other items(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

3

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

(2

)

Watch

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

11

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

31

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

30

 

Total

 

$

36

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Operating income/(loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

331

 

 

$

369

 

 

$

358

 

Watch

 

 

935

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

836

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

(123

)

 

 

(156

)

 

 

(105

)

Total

 

$

1,143

 

 

$

1,093

 

 

$

1,089

 

105


 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

December 31,

2016

 

  

December 31,

2015

 

Total assets

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Buy

  

$

6,697

  

  

$

6,537

  

Watch

  

 

8,905

  

  

 

8,650

  

Corporate and eliminations

  

 

128

  

  

 

116

  

Total

  

$

15,730

  

  

$

15,303

  

 

(1)

The Company’s chief operating decision maker uses business segment income/(loss) to measure performance from period to period both at the consolidated level as well as within its operating segments.

(2)

For the year ended December 31, 2016, other items primarily consist of business optimization costs.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, other items consist of a $36 million donation to the Nielsen Foundation, $14 million charge for a vested cash out of certain U.S. pension plan participants, and business optimization costs.  

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buy

 

$

196

 

 

$

159

 

 

$

206

 

Watch

 

 

227

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

198

 

Corporate and eliminations

 

 

10

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

8

 

Total

 

$

433

 

 

$

408

 

 

$

412

 

 

106


 

Geographic Segment Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

Long-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income/

 

 

lived

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Revenues(1)

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Assets(2)

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,626

 

 

$

738

 

 

$

10,573

 

North and South America, excluding the United States

 

 

605

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

902

 

United Kingdom

 

 

198

 

 

(22

)

 

215

 

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

 

 

1,089

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

1,032

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

791

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

330

 

Total

 

$

6,309

 

 

$

1,143

 

 

$

13,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

Long-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income/

 

 

lived

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Revenues(1)

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Assets(2)

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,606

 

 

$

761

 

 

$

10,683

 

North and South America, excluding the United States

 

 

567

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

944

 

United Kingdom

 

 

226

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

240

 

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

 

 

1,030

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

843

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

743

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

335

 

Total

 

$

6,172

 

 

$

1,093

 

 

$

13,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income/

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Revenues(1)

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

3,415

 

 

$

700

 

 

 

 

 

North and South America, excluding the United States

 

 

670

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

 

 

United Kingdom

 

 

217

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

Other Europe, Middle East & Africa

 

 

1,215

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

Asia Pacific

 

 

771

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

6,288

 

 

$

1,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Revenues are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.

(2)

Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets.

 

 

18. Additional Financial Information

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Trade payables

 

$

238

 

 

$

216

 

Personnel costs

 

 

248

 

 

 

276

 

Current portion of restructuring liabilities

 

 

67

 

 

 

29

 

Data and professional services

 

 

192

 

 

 

214

 

Interest payable

 

 

51

 

 

 

48

 

Other current liabilities(1)

 

 

216

 

 

 

230

 

Total accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

1,012

 

 

$

1,013

 

 

 

 

(1)

Other includes multiple items, none of which is individually significant.

 

 

107


 

19. Guarantor Financial Information

The following supplemental financial information is being provided for purposes of compliance with reporting covenants contained in certain debt obligations of Nielsen and its subsidiaries. The financial information sets forth for Nielsen, its subsidiaries that have issued certain debt securities (the “Issuers”) and its guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries, the consolidating balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the periods ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. During the three months ended September 30, 2015, the Company re-designated certain subsidiaries between guarantor and non-guarantor. As a result, the Company adjusted prior periods to reflect the current year structure.

The issued debt securities are jointly and severally guaranteed on a full and unconditional basis by Nielsen and subject to certain exceptions, each of the direct and indirect 100% owned subsidiaries of Nielsen, in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are also 100% owned indirect subsidiaries of Nielsen: Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co. for certain series of debt obligations, and The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.ar.l., for the other series of debt obligations. Each issuer is a guarantor of the debt obligations not issued by it.

Nielsen is a holding company and does not have any material assets or operations other than ownership of the capital stock of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. All of Nielsen’s operations are conducted through its subsidiaries, and, therefore, Nielsen is expected to continue to be dependent upon the cash flows of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations. The senior secured credit facilities contain certain limitations on the ability of Nielsen to receive the cash flows of its subsidiaries.

While all subsidiary guarantees of the issued debt securities are full and unconditional, these guarantees contain customary release provisions including when (i) the subsidiary is sold or sells all of its assets, (ii) the subsidiary is declared “unrestricted” for covenant purposes, (iii) the subsidiary’s guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities is released and (iv) the requirements for discharge of the indenture have been satisfied.

108


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,571

 

 

$

2,738

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,309

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,318

 

 

 

1,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,607

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

969

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,851

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

 

603

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

105

 

Operating (loss)/income

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

728

 

 

 

417

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,143

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

869

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(908

)

 

 

4

 

Interest expense

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(310

)

 

 

(889

)

 

 

(39

)

 

 

908

 

 

 

(333

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction gains/(losses), net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

Other (expense)/income net

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

156

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net (loss)/income of affiliates

 

 

(5

)

 

 

552

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

 

 

 

816

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(115

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

 

 

(309

)

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

507

 

 

 

272

 

 

 

588

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,367

)

 

 

 

Equity in net (loss)/income of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

502

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

(1,367

)

 

 

507

 

Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Net income attributable to controlling interest

 

 

502

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

171

 

 

 

(1,367

)

 

 

502

 

Total other comprehensive loss

 

 

(152

)

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(152

)

 

 

(184

)

 

 

472

 

 

 

(157

)

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to controlling interests

 

 

(152

)

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(152

)

 

 

(179

)

 

 

472

 

 

 

(152

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

$

350

 

 

$

548

 

 

$

355

 

 

$

(8

)

 

$

(895

)

 

$

350

 

 

109


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,585

 

 

$

2,587

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,172

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,279

 

 

 

1,260

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,539

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,048

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,915

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

465

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

574

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

Operating (loss)/income

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

761

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,093

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

864

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

(902

)

 

 

4

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(291

)

 

 

(881

)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

902

 

 

 

(311

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

Other income/(expense), net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

(46

)

 

 

 

 

 

206

 

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

(4

)

 

 

573

 

 

 

159

 

 

 

233

 

 

 

 

 

 

961

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

 

 

(383

)

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

575

 

 

 

297

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,465

)

 

 

 

Equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Net income

 

 

570

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

152

 

 

 

(1,465

)

 

 

575

 

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Net income attributable to controlling interests

 

 

570

 

 

 

743

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

(1,465

)

 

 

570

 

Total other comprehensive loss

 

 

(282

)

 

 

(280

)

 

 

(282

)

 

 

(282

)

 

 

836

 

 

 

(290

)

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to controlling interests

 

 

(282

)

 

 

(280

)

 

 

(282

)

 

 

(274

)

 

 

836

 

 

 

(282

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

 

 

288

 

 

 

463

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

(629

)

 

 

285

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to controlling interests

 

$

288

 

 

$

463

 

 

$

293

 

 

$

(127

)

 

$

(629

)

 

$

288

 

 

110


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,414

 

 

$

2,874

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,288

 

Cost of revenues, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,620

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses, exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

955

 

 

 

958

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,917

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

573

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

Operating (loss)/income

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,089

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

856

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(905

)

 

 

3

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(283

)

 

 

(874

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

905

 

 

 

(300

)

Foreign currency exchange transaction losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

 

 

 

(71

)

Other income/(expense), net

 

 

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(649

)

 

 

(100

)

(Loss)/income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

(4

)

 

 

1,126

 

 

 

(129

)

 

 

277

 

 

 

(649

)

 

 

621

 

Benefit/(provision) for income taxes

 

 

7

 

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(98

)

 

 

(51

)

 

 

 

 

 

(236

)

Equity in net income/(loss) of subsidiaries

 

 

381

 

 

 

(521

)

 

 

611

 

 

 

 

 

 

(471

)

 

 

 

Equity in net loss of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Net income

 

 

384

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

(1,120

)

 

 

381

 

Less: net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

Net income attributable to controlling interests

 

 

384

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

(1,120

)

 

 

384

 

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

(390

)

 

 

805

 

 

 

(390

)

 

 

(490

)

 

 

68

 

 

 

(397

)

Total other comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

Total other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to controlling interests

 

 

(390

)

 

 

805

 

 

 

(390

)

 

 

(483

)

 

 

68

 

 

 

(390

)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income

 

 

(6

)

 

 

1,316

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(265

)

 

 

(1,052

)

 

 

(16

)

Total comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

Total comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to controlling interests

 

$

(6

)

 

$

1,316

 

 

$

(9

)

 

$

(255

)

 

$

(1,052

)

 

$

(6

)

 

111


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

529

 

 

$

 

 

$

754

 

Trade and other receivables, net

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

691

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,171

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

312

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

7

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

1,499

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

2,222

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

471

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,728

 

 

 

2,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,845

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,248

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,736

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

 

 

127

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

329

 

Equity investment in subsidiaries

 

 

4,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,339

)

 

 

 

Intercompany loans

 

 

25

 

 

 

11,533

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

(15,040

)

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,151

 

 

$

12,399

 

 

$

19,275

 

 

$

4,625

 

 

$

(24,720

)

 

$

15,730

 

Liabilities and equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

52

 

 

$

479

 

 

$

481

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,012

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

297

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

97

 

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

188

 

Intercompany payables

 

 

47

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

47

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

1,710

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

(1,341

)

 

 

1,594

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

7,611

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,738

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,175

 

Intercompany loans

 

 

 

 

 

2,985

 

 

 

11,708

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

(15,040

)

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

609

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

 

930

 

Total liabilities

 

 

49

 

 

 

10,872

 

 

 

15,160

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

(16,381

)

 

 

11,437

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

4,102

 

 

 

1,527

 

 

 

4,117

 

 

 

2,695

 

 

 

(8,339

)

 

 

4,102

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

191

 

Total equity

 

 

4,102

 

 

 

1,527

 

 

 

4,115

 

 

 

2,888

 

 

 

(8,339

)

 

 

4,293

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,151

 

 

$

12,399

 

 

$

19,275

 

 

$

4,625

 

 

$

(24,720

)

 

$

15,730

 

 

112


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Balance Sheet

December 31, 2015

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

Elimination

 

 

Consolidated

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

349

 

 

$

 

 

$

357

 

Trade and other receivables, net

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,235

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

 

316

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

 

 

 

595

 

 

 

224

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

(997

)

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

595

 

 

 

976

 

 

 

1,330

 

 

 

(997

)

 

 

1,908

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

 

 

490

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,774

 

 

 

2,009

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,783

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,314

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,772

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

 

 

 

272

 

Equity investment in subsidiaries

 

 

4,793

 

 

 

1,441

 

 

 

3,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,930

)

 

 

 

Intercompany receivables

 

 

 

 

 

10,763

 

 

 

3,692

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

(14,613

)

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

4,798

 

 

$

12,799

 

 

$

19,002

 

 

$

4,244

 

 

$

(25,540

)

 

$

15,303

 

Liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

1

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

450

 

 

$

514

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,013

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

 

 

 

322

 

Income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Current portion of long-term debt, capital lease obligations and short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

Intercompany payables

 

 

21

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

753

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

(997

)

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

22

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

917

 

 

 

(997

)

 

 

1,687

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

6,911

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,028

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,074

 

Intercompany loans

 

 

341

 

 

 

2,985

 

 

 

10,921

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

(14,613

)

 

 

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

2

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

629

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

887

 

Total liabilities

 

 

365

 

 

 

10,141

 

 

 

14,209

 

 

 

1,571

 

 

 

(15,610

)

 

 

10,676

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

4,433

 

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

4,793

 

 

 

2,479

 

 

 

(9,930

)

 

 

4,433

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

 

 

 

194

 

Total equity

 

 

4,433

 

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

4,793

 

 

 

2,673

 

 

 

(9,930

)

 

 

4,627

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

4,798

 

 

$

12,799

 

 

$

19,002

 

 

$

4,244

 

 

$

(25,540

)

 

$

15,303

 

 

113


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

$

(5

)

 

$

278

 

 

$

674

 

 

$

349

 

 

$

1,296

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(245

)

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(285

)

Proceeds from the sale of subsidiaries and affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

34

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(56

)

 

 

(109

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(273

)

 

 

(51

)

 

 

(324

)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

42

 

Other investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(505

)

 

 

(137

)

 

 

(642

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net payments under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(164

)

 

 

 

 

 

(164

)

Repayments of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(1,765

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,765

)

Proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

2,502

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,502

 

Increase in short term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(434

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(434

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(418

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(418

)

Activity under stock plans

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

 

81

 

Other financing activities

 

 

758

 

 

 

(1,014

)

 

 

226

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(54

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

 

9

 

 

 

(277

)

 

 

40

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

(248

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

(9

)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

397

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

349

 

 

 

357

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

5

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

529

 

 

$

754

 

 

114


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

 

 

$

255

 

 

$

667

 

 

$

287

 

 

$

1,209

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(246

)

 

 

 

 

 

(246

)

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(134

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(237

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(274

)

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

Other investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(499

)

 

 

(82

)

 

 

(581

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(116

)

 

 

 

 

 

(116

)

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

746

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(98

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(98

)

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(408

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(667

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

Other financing activities

 

 

948

 

 

 

(904

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(21

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(256

)

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

(492

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(49

)

 

 

(52

)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(48

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

58

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

84

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

49

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(51

)

 

 

274

 

 

 

273

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

349

 

 

$

357

 

 

115


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

(IN MILLIONS)

 

Parent

 

 

Issuers

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

Consolidated

 

Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities

 

$

(4

)

 

$

523

 

 

$

373

 

 

$

201

 

 

$

1,093

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of subsidiaries and affiliates, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(201

)

 

 

(113

)

 

 

(314

)

Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries and affiliates, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(6

)

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(109

)

 

 

(54

)

 

 

(163

)

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(249

)

Other investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(533

)

 

 

(199

)

 

 

(732

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

 

 

280

 

Proceeds from issuances of debt, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

4,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,544

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

 

 

 

(4,597

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(4,598

)

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(356

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(356

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(466

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(466

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

112

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

(3

)

 

 

103

 

Other financing activities

 

 

751

 

 

 

(469

)

 

 

(370

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(92

)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

 

 

41

 

 

 

(522

)

 

 

(96

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(585

)

Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(67

)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

37

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(256

)

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(291

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

564

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

49

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

(51

)

 

$

274

 

 

$

273

 

 

 

20. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

 

 

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

2016

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

1,487

 

 

$

1,596

 

 

$

1,570

 

 

$

1,656

 

Operating income

 

$

224

 

 

$

282

 

 

$

296

 

 

$

341

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

 

$

145

 

 

$

196

 

 

$

214

 

 

$

261

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

100

 

 

$

113

 

 

$

130

 

 

$

159

 

Net income per share of common stock, basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

0.28

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.44

 

Net income per share of common stock, diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

0.27

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

(IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

 

Quarter

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

1,458

 

 

$

1,559

 

 

$

1,531

 

 

$

1,624

 

Operating income

 

$

199

 

 

$

286

 

 

$

298

 

 

$

310

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of affiliates

 

$

101

 

 

$

202

 

 

$

225

 

 

$

433

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

63

 

 

$

114

 

 

$

142

 

 

$

251

 

Net income per share of common stock, basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

0.17

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

$

0.69

 

Net income per share of common stock, diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Net income attributable to Nielsen stockholders

 

$

0.17

 

 

$

0.31

 

 

$

0.38

 

 

$

0.68

 

 

 

 

 

116


 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Nielsen Holdings plc

Parent Company Only

Statements of Operations

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

2

 

 

$

4

 

 

$

4

 

Operating loss

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

Interest expense

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

(5

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(4

)

(Provision)/benefit for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

7

 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

 

 

507

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

381

 

Net income

 

$

502

 

 

$

570

 

 

$

384

 

 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Parent Company Only

Balance Sheets

 

 

  

December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2016

 

  

2015

 

Assets:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current assets

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

5

  

  

$

1

  

Amounts receivable from subsidiary

  

 

2

  

  

 

3

  

Total current assets

  

 

7

  

  

 

4

  

Investment in subsidiaries

  

 

4,117

  

  

 

4,793

  

Loans outstanding from subsidiary

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

  

 

2

  

  

 

1

  

Total assets

  

$

4,151

  

  

$

4,798

  

Liabilities and equity:

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

  

 

  

  

 

1

  

Intercompany payables

 

 

47

 

 

 

21

 

Total current liabilities

  

 

47

  

  

 

22

  

Loans outstanding from subsidiary

  

 

  

  

 

341

  

Other non-current liabilities

  

 

2

  

  

 

2

  

Total liabilities

  

 

49

  

  

 

365

  

Total equity

  

 

4,102

  

  

 

4,433

  

Total liabilities and equity

  

$

4,151

  

  

$

4,798

  

117


 

Nielsen Holdings plc

Parent Company Only

Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(5

)

 

$

 

 

$

(4

)

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(408

)

 

 

(356

)

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(418

)

 

 

(667

)

 

 

(466

)

Activity under stock plans

 

 

103

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

112

 

Other financing activities

 

 

758

 

 

 

948

 

 

 

751

 

Net cash provided/(used in) by financing activities

 

 

9

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

41

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

4

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

37

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

1

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

12

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

5

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

49

 

 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements of Nielsen Holdings plc (the “Company”) are an integral part of these nonconsolidated financial statements.

Notes to Schedule I

 

1. Basis of Presentation

The Company has accounted for the earnings of its subsidiaries under the equity method in these financial statements.

 

2. Commitments and Contingencies

The debenture loans are jointly and severally guaranteed on an unconditional basis by the Company and subject to certain exceptions, each of the direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, including VNU Intermediate Holding B.V., Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V., VNU International B.V., TNC (US) Holdings, Inc., VNU Marketing Information, Inc. and ACN Holdings, Inc., and the wholly-owned subsidiaries thereof, including the wholly-owned U.S. subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc., in each case to the extent that such entities provide a guarantee under the senior secured credit facilities. The issuers are Nielsen Finance LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., both wholly-owned subsidiaries of ACN Holdings, Inc. and subsidiary guarantors and The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S ar l., a wholly owned subsidiary of Nielsen Holding and Finance B.V. The historical financial information has been updated to reflect The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.ar.l. as an issuer.

The Company had no material commitments or contingencies during the reported periods.

 

3. Related Party Transactions

The Company enters into certain transactions with its subsidiaries through the normal course of operations and periodically settles these transactions in cash. On December 31, 2016, the Company had a $25 million loan receivable from subsidiaries associated with financing transactions. On December 31, 2015, the Company had a $362 million liability to subsidiaries associated with financing transactions.

     

118


 

4. Common Stock and Related Transactions

On January 31, 2013, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) adopted a cash dividend policy to pay quarterly cash dividends on its outstanding common stock. The following table represents the cash dividends paid for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

Declaration Date

 

Record Date

 

Payment Date

 

Dividend Per Share

 

February 19, 2015

 

March 5, 2015

 

March 19, 2015

 

$

0.25

 

April 20, 2015

 

June 4, 2015

 

June 18, 2015

 

$

0.28

 

July 23, 2015

 

August 27, 2015

 

September 10, 2015

 

$

0.28

 

October 29, 2015

 

November 24, 2015

 

December 8, 2015

 

$

0.28

 

February 18, 2016

 

March 3, 2016

 

March 17, 2016

 

$

0.28

 

April 19, 2016

 

June 2, 2016

 

June 16, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

July 21, 2016

 

August 25, 2016

 

September 8, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

October 20, 2016

 

November 22, 2016

 

December 6, 2016

 

$

0.31

 

 

The dividend policy and payment of future cash dividends are subject to the discretion of the Board.

 

Nielsen’s Board approved a share repurchase program, as included in the below table, for up to $2 billion of our outstanding common stock. The primary purpose of the program is to return value to shareholders and to mitigate dilution associated with our equity compensation plans.

 

Board Approval

  

Share

Repurchase

Authorization

($ in millions)

July 25, 2013

 

$

500

October 23, 2014

 

$

1,000

December 11, 2015

  

$

500

Total Share Repurchase Authorization

  

$

2,000

 

Repurchases under these plans will be made in accordance with applicable securities laws from time to time in the open market or otherwise depending on our evaluation of market conditions and other factors. This program has been executed within the limitations of the existing authority granted at Nielsen’s Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in 2015 and 2016.

As of December 31, 2016, there have been 33,837,526 shares of our common stock purchased at an average price of $46.16 per share (total consideration of approximately $1,562 million) under this program.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased as

 

 

Dollar Value of Shares

 

 

 

Total Number

 

 

Average

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

 

that may yet be

 

 

 

of Shares

 

 

Price Paid

 

 

Announced Plans

 

 

Purchased under the

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

 

per Share

 

 

or Programs

 

 

Plans or Programs

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

25,762,411

 

 

$

44.43

 

 

 

25,762,411

 

 

$

855,495,985

 

2016 Activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1- 31

 

 

628,054

 

 

45.62

 

 

 

628,054

 

 

$

826,841,315

 

February 1- 28

 

 

687,473

 

 

$

47.41

 

 

 

687,473

 

 

$

794,246,197

 

March 1- 31

 

 

429,617

 

 

$

51.48

 

 

 

429,617

 

 

$

772,128,085

 

April 1-30

 

 

1,368,352

 

 

$

52.91

 

 

 

1,368,352

 

 

$

699,730,694

 

May 1-31

 

 

1,320,614

 

 

$

52.23

 

 

 

1,320,614

 

 

$

630,761,673

 

June 1-30

 

 

1,478,685

 

 

$

53.84

 

 

 

1,478,685

 

 

$

551,145,264

 

July 1-31

 

 

1,286,936

 

 

$

53.66

 

 

 

1,286,936

 

 

$

482,094,449

 

August 1-31

 

 

224,800

 

 

$

53.61

 

 

 

224,800

 

 

$

470,042,455

 

September 1-30

 

 

183,968

 

 

$

53.01

 

 

 

183,968

 

 

$

460,290,434

 

October 1-31

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

51.73

 

 

 

139,937

 

 

$

453,051,573

 

November 1-30

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

46.17

 

 

 

326,679

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

December 1-31

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

437,970,016

 

Total

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

$

46.16

 

 

 

33,837,526

 

 

 

 

 

119


 

 

Subsequent Events

 

In January 2017, Nielsen completed the issuance of $500 million aggregated principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due 2025 at par with cash proceeds of approximately $495 million, net of fees and expenses.

On February 16, 2017, the Board declared a cash dividend of $0.31 per share on the Company’s common stock.  The dividend is payable on March 16, 2017 to stockholders of record at the close of business on March 2, 2017.

In February 2017, Nielsen completed the acquisition of Gracenote, through the purchase of 100% of Gracenote’s outstanding common stock for a total cash purchase price of $560 million (the “Acquisition”). Nielsen acquired the data and technology that underpins the programming guides and personalized user experience for major video, music, audio and sports content. The acquisition extends Nielsen’s footprint with major clients by including Gracenote’s global content database which spans across platforms including multichannel video programming distributors (MVPDs), smart televisions, streaming music services, connected devices, media players and in-car infotainment systems. Gracenote will consolidate into Nielsen’s Watch segment.

The Acquisition will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting which requires, among other things, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company is in the process of preparing the initial accounting of the transaction and expects to establish a preliminary purchase price allocation by the end of the first quarter of 2017. 

 

 

 

120


 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

For the Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Balance
Beginning
of
Period

 

  

Charges to
Expense

 

  

Deductions

 

 

Effect of
Foreign
Currency
Translation

 

  

Balance at
End of
Period

 

Allowance for accounts receivable and sales returns

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014

  

$

39

  

  

$

4

  

  

$

(11

)

 

$

(3

  

$

29

  

For the year ended December 31, 2015

  

$

29

  

  

$

6

  

  

$

(7

)

 

$

(2

  

$

26

  

For the year ended December 31, 2016

  

$

26

  

  

$

4

  

  

$

(4

)

 

$

(1

  

$

25

  

 

(IN MILLIONS)

  

Balance
Beginning of
Period

 

  

Charges/
(Credits) to
Expense

 

 

Charged
to
Other
Accounts

 

  

Effect of
Foreign
Currency
Translation

 

 

Balance at
End of
Period

 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014

  

$

150

  

  

$

(21

 

$

16

  

  

$

2

  

 

$

147

  

For the year ended December 31, 2015

  

$

147

  

  

$

17

 

 

$

(8

)  

  

$

(12

)  

 

$

144

  

For the year ended December 31, 2016

  

$

144

  

  

$

(29

 

$

7

  

  

$

(10

)  

 

$

112

  

 

 

 

121


 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

(a)

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, as the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to do.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2016 (the “Evaluation Date”). Based on such evaluation and subject to the foregoing, such officers have concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b)

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appears in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(c)

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Company’s financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP has also provided an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Their reports appear in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(d)

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

 

 

 

122


 

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the following sections of our definitive Proxy Statement related to the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC (the “2017 Proxy Statement”): “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors”, “The Board of Directors and Certain Governance Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”.

We plan to disclose, if required by applicable laws, any amendments to, or waivers from, the Code of Conduct applicable to our officers and controller by posting such information on our website at www.nielsen.com/investors rather than by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the following sections of the 2017 Proxy Statement: “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation”.

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the following sections of the 2017 Proxy Statement: “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Ownership of Securities”.

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the following sections of the 2017 Proxy Statement: “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “The Board of Directors and Certain Governance Matters”.

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the following section of the 2017 Proxy Statement: “Proposal No. 2 – Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”.

 

 

 

123


 

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The Financial Statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The Financial Statement Schedules listed in the Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

None.

 

124


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Nielsen Holdings plc

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

Date: February 17, 2017

 

/S/  JEFFREY R. CHARLTON 

 

 

JEFFREY R. CHARLTON

 

 

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller

(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  JAMERE JACKSON

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

February 17, 2017

Jamere Jackson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  JEFFREY R. CHARLTON

 

Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 17, 2017

Jeffrey R. Charlton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  DWIGHT M. BARNS

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

 

February 17, 2017

Dwight M. Barns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  JAMES A. ATTWOOD Jr.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

February 17, 2017

James A. Attwood Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  DAVID CALHOUN

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

David Calhoun

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  JAMES KILTS

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

James Kilts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  KAREN HOGUET

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Karen Hoguet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  HARISH MANWANI

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Harish Manwani

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  KATHRYN V. MARINELLO

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Kathryn V. Marinello

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  ROBERT POZEN

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Robert Pozen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  VIVEK RANADIVÉ

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Vivek Ranadivé

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  DAVID RAWLINSON

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

David Rawlinson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  JAVIER TERUEL

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Javier Teruel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/  LAUREN ZALAZNICK

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Lauren Zalaznick

 

 

 

 

125


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 10-K are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by the registrant in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1

 

Articles of Association of Nielsen Holdings plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K file by the registrant on August 31, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.1(a)

 

Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on April 24, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.1(b)

 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 30, 2016, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 22, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on March 30, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.1(c)

 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 4, 2016, to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated April 22, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on October 11, 2016 (Filed No. 001-35042)).

 

 

 

4.1(d)

 

Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006 and amended and restated as of June 23, 2009, among Nielsen Finance LLC, the other Grantors identified therein, and Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(j) to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 30, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

4.1(e)

 

Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2006, among Nielsen Finance LLC, the other Grantors identified therein and Citibank, N.A. as Collateral Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(c) to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 30, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

4.1(f)

 

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2009, among Citibank, N.A., as Collateral Agent and Authorized Representative under the Credit Agreement, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as the Initial Additional Authorized Representative, and each additional Authorized Representative from time to time party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(c) to the Form 8-K/A of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 26, 2009 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

4.2(a)

 

Indenture, dated as of October 2, 2012, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 (a) to the Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 4, 2012 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(b)

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Vizu Corporation, Nielsen Finance Co. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(b) to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 19, 2013 (File No. 333-189456))

 

 

 

4.2(c)

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 17, 2013, among G4 Analytics, Inc., Nielsen Finance Co. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1(c) to Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 19, 2013 (File No. 333-189456))

 

 

 

4.2(d)

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2013, between Nielsen Audio, Inc. and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3(d) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on February 21, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(e)

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2013, between Cardinal North LLC and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3(e) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on February 21, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(f)

 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2013, between Nielsen International Holdings, Inc. and Nielsen Finance Co., and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3(f) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on February 21, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

126


 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

4.2(g)

 

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2014, between Nielsen Consumer Insights, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed on July 29, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(h)

 

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2014, between Scarborough Research and the Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2(h) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on February 20, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(i)

 

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2014, between Nielsen N.V. and the Law Debenture Trust company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on December 29, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(j)

 

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 23, 2015, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2(j) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on February 20, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(k)

 

Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2015, between eXelate, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q  of Nielsen N.V. filed on July 28, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(l)

 

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 17, 2015, between Affinnova, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on October 21, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(m)

 

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen Finance Ireland Limited and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(n)

 

Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen Luxembourg S.ar.l and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(o)

 

Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen UK Finance I, LLC and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.2(p)*

 

Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2016 between Rugby Acquisition B.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee

 

 

 

4.2(q)*

 

Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2016 between RSMG Insights Cooperatief U.A. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee

 

4.3(a)

 

Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2013, among The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.ar.l., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on September 27, 2013 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(b)

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2013, between Nielsen Audio, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(b) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on February 21, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(c)

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2013, between Cardinal North LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(c) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on February 21, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(d)

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 31, 2013, between Nielsen International Holdings, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(d) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on February 21, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(e)

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2014, between Nielsen Consumer Insights, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed July 29, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

127


 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

4.3(f)

 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2014, between Scarborough Research and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3(f) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on February 20, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(g)

 

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2014, between Nielsen N.V. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on December 29, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(h)

 

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 23, 2015, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3(h) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on February 20, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(i)

 

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2015, between eXelate, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed on July 28, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(j)

 

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 17, 2015, between Affinnova, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on October 21, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(k)

 

Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen Finance Ireland Limited and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(l)

 

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen Luxembourg S.ar.l and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(m)

 

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen UK Finance I, LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.3(n)*

 

Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2016 between Rugby Acquisition B.V. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee

 

 

 

4.3(o)*

 

Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2016 between RSMG Insights Cooperatief U.A. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as truste

 

 

 

4.4

 

Indenture, dated as of April 11, 2014, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on April 11, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(a)

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2014, between Nielsen Consumer Insights, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed July 29, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(b)

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 8, 2014, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors (identified therein) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on July 8, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(c)

 

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2014, between Scarborough Research and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(c) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on February 20, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(d)

 

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2014, between Nielsen N.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on December 29, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(e)

 

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 23, 2015, between Valcon Acquisition B.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(e) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Nielsen N.V. filed on February 20, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(f)

 

Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 25, 2015, among Nielsen Finance LLC, Nielsen Finance Co., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

128


 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4(g)

 

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2015, between eXelate, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed on July 28, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(h)

 

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 17, 2015, between Affinnova, Inc. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on October 21, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(i)

 

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen Finance Ireland Limited and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(j)

 

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen Luxembourg S.ar.l and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(k)

 

Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2016, between Nielsen UK Finance I, LLC and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on July 26, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

4.4(l)*

 

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2016 between Rugby Acquisition B.V. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee

 

 

 

4.4(m)*

 

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2016 between RSMG Insights Cooperatief U.A. and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee

 

 

 

4.5

 

Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017, among The Nielsen Company (Luxembourg) S.à r.l., the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Nielsen Holdings plc on February 1, 2017 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.1**

 

Form of Severance Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10(b) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.2**

 

The Nielsen Company Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, effective September 11, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 22, 2012 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.3**

 

Form of Nielsen Holdings N.V. Performance Restricted Share Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on April 25, 2013 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.3(a)**

 

Form of Nielsen Holdings plc Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on April 20, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.4**

 

Offer letter to Jamere Jackson, dated February 20, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on April 24, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.4(a)** *

 

Offer letter to Eric Dale, dated July 6, 2015

 

 

 

10.4(b)** *

 

Offer letter to James Powell, dated June 5, 2015

 

 

 

10.5**

 

Form of Deferred Stock Unit Grant, dated as of September 11, 2012, for non-employee directors of Nielsen Holdings N.V. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 22, 2012 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.6(a)**

 

VNU Excess Plan, as amended and restated, effective April 1, 2002 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12(a) to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.6(b)**

 

Amendment to the VNU Excess Plan, effective August 31, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12(b) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.6(c)**

 

Second Amendment to the VNU Excess Plan, effective January 23, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12(c) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546-29))

129


 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7**

 

The Nielsen Company Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, effective October 28, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13(c) to the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Nielsen Company B.V. for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2008, (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.8**

 

2006 Stock Acquisition and Option Plan for Key Employees of Nielsen Holdings plc and its Subsidiaries (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on August 31, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

10.9(a)**

 

Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on March 31, 2008 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.9(b)**

 

Form of Sale Participation Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on March 31, 2008 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.9(c)**

 

Form of Amendment to Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement dated September 29, 2011, originally filed on March 31, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 27, 2011 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.10(a)**

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24(b) to the Quarterly report on Form 10-Q of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on April 29, 2010 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.10(b)**

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 30, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

10.11(a)†

 

Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2007, by and between Tata America International Corporation & Tata Consultancy Services Limited and ACNielsen (US), Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16(a) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 8, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

10.11(b)†

 

Amendment Number 1 to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, effective as of March 31, 2008, by and between Tata America International Corporation, Tata Consultancy Services Limited and ACNielsen (US), Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16(b) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 8, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

10.11(c)

 

Amendment Number 2 to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, effective as of October 31, 2007, by and between Tata America International Corporation, Tata Consultancy Services Limited and ACNielsen (US), Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16(c) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 8, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

10.11(d)†

 

Amendment Number 3 to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, effective as of May 11, 2009, by and between Tata America International Corporation, Tata Consultancy Services Limited and ACNielsen (US), Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16(d) to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 8, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

10.11(e)†

 

Amendment Number Four to the Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement dated and made effective as of February 7, 2013, by and between Tata America International Corporation, Tata Consultancy Services Limited and The Nielsen Company (US), LLC. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on April 25, 2013 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.13**

 

Amended and Restated Arbitron Inc. 2008 Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on August 31, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.14**

 

Nielsen Holdings N.V. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, effective September 11, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on October 22, 2012 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.15**

 

Amended and Restated Nielsen 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on August 31, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.16**

 

Form of Termination Protection Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 of The Nielsen Company B.V. filed on June 21, 2007 (File No. 333-142546-29))

 

 

 

10.17**

 

Nielsen Holdings Executive Annual Incentive Plan ((incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to the proxy statement on Form DEF14A of Nielsen N.V. filed on April 14, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

130


 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.18**

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Nielsen Holdings N.V. filed on July 30, 2010 (File No. 333-167271))

 

 

 

10.19(a)**

 

Form of Nielsen Holdings N.V. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed on April 24, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.19(b)**

 

Form of Nielsen N.V. Performance Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on April 22, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.20**

 

Form of Nielsen Holdings N.V. Performance Restricted Share Award Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nielsen N.V. filed on April 24, 2014 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.21**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on August 31, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.22**

 

Form of Letter of Appointment (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on August 31, 2015 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

10.23**

 

The Nielsen Company 401(k) Savings Plan (amended and restated on December 29, 2015) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registration statement on Form S-8/A of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on June 29, 2016 (File No. 333-176940))

 

 

 

10.24**

 

Nielsen Holdings plc 2016 Employee Share Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to the proxy statement on Schedule 14A of Nielsen Holdings plc filed on April 29, 2016 (File No. 001-35042))

 

 

 

21.1*

 

Nielsen Holdings plc Active Subsidiaries

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

31.1*

 

CEO 302 Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e)/15d-15(e)

 

 

 

31.2*

 

CFO 302 Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e)/15d-15(e)

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

 

 

32.2*

 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

 

 

101*

 

The following financial information from Nielsen Holdings plc’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, formatted in XBRL includes: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014; (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

*

Filed or furnished herewith.

**

Management contract or compensatory plan in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.

Certain portions have been omitted in accordance with a request for confidential treatment that the Company has submitted to the SEC. Omitted information has been filed separately with the SEC.

 

131